Refine
Has Fulltext
- yes (100)
Is part of the Bibliography
- yes (100)
Year of publication
Document Type
- Doctoral Thesis (100) (remove)
Language
- English (100) (remove)
Keywords
- HPLC (9)
- Bioverfügbarkeit (7)
- Instrumentelle Analytik (6)
- Löslichkeit (6)
- Muscarinrezeptor (6)
- NMR-Spektroskopie (6)
- Aminosäuren (5)
- Arzneimittel (5)
- Impurity Profiling (5)
- Ligand <Biochemie> (5)
- Chemische Reinheit (4)
- Extrazelluläre Matrix (4)
- Organische Synthese (4)
- Pharmakodynamik (4)
- Pharmakokinetik (4)
- Synthese (4)
- Targeted drug delivery (4)
- Amino acids (3)
- Antibiotikum (3)
- Arzneimitteldesign (3)
- Biomarker (3)
- Charged Aerosol Detection (3)
- Formulierungsentwicklung (3)
- Interleukin 4 (3)
- Ionic Liquids (3)
- Kontrollierte Wirkstofffreisetzung (3)
- LC-MS (3)
- LC-MS/MS (3)
- Metabolismus (3)
- Naturstoff (3)
- Pharmaceutical Analysis (3)
- Solubilisation (3)
- Synthesis (3)
- Tuberkelbakterium (3)
- Verunreinigung (3)
- Wirkstofffreisetzung (3)
- antibiotics (3)
- drug delivery (3)
- Agonist (2)
- Alzheimerkrankheit (2)
- Analoga (2)
- Antimikrobieller Wirkstoff (2)
- Arzneimittelforschung (2)
- Arzneimittelüberwachung (2)
- Bitopische Liganden (2)
- Butyrylcholinesterase (2)
- Chemische Synthese (2)
- Cholinesterase (2)
- Chromatographie (2)
- Cytokine (2)
- Fettsäurebiosynthese (2)
- Fibroblastenwachstumsfaktor (2)
- Formulation development (2)
- Formulierung (2)
- GTP-bindende Proteine (2)
- Imatinib (2)
- Inhibitor (2)
- Insulin-like Growth Factor I (2)
- Kapillarelektrophorese (2)
- Lebensmittelchemie (2)
- Lipide (2)
- Massenspektrometrie (2)
- NMR spectroscopy (2)
- Permeabilität (2)
- Pharmacokinetic (2)
- Pharmazeutischer Hilfsstoff (2)
- Polyethylenglykole (2)
- Polymere (2)
- Poorly water soluble drugs (2)
- Populationskinetik (2)
- Populationspharmakokinetik (2)
- Protease-sensitive release (2)
- Qualitätskontrolle (2)
- Reinheitsanalytik (2)
- Stabilität (2)
- Struktur-Aktivitäts-Beziehung (2)
- Supersaturation (2)
- Tandem-Massenspektrometrie (2)
- Tissue Engineering (2)
- Trypanosomiase (2)
- Wirkstoff (2)
- biomarker (2)
- charged aerosol detector (2)
- click chemistry (2)
- dualsteric ligands (2)
- extracellular matrix (2)
- fatty acid biosynthesis (2)
- liquid chromatography (2)
- mass spectrometry (2)
- metabolism (2)
- molecular modeling (2)
- muscarinic receptors (2)
- permeability (2)
- pharmacodynamics (2)
- population pharmacokinetics (2)
- synthesis (2)
- 17beta-Estradiol (1)
- 17beta-estradiol (1)
- 2-a:6 (1)
- 5-a']diindol (1)
- 5-a']diindole (1)
- 5-b']diindol (1)
- 5-b']diindole (1)
- 5]diazocino[1 (1)
- Acetaminophen (1)
- Acetylcysteinderivate (1)
- Achillea Fragrantissima (1)
- Acrylamid (1)
- Acrylamide (1)
- Actinomycetes (1)
- Active pharmaceutical ingredients (1)
- Adhäsion (1)
- Aescin (1)
- African Trypanosomiasis (1)
- Akt (1)
- Albendazol (1)
- Aldehyde (1)
- Alkamiden (1)
- Alkamides (1)
- Alkylpyrazine (1)
- Allosteric Modulator (1)
- Allosterisch Modurator (1)
- Allosterischer Effektor (1)
- Alzheimer (1)
- Amino Acids (1)
- Aminosäure (1)
- Anacardic acid derivatives (1)
- Anacardsäurederivate (1)
- Analyse (1)
- Analytik (1)
- Anthocyane (1)
- Antibiotic (1)
- Antibiotika (1)
- Antiinfektiva (1)
- Antikörper (1)
- Antitrypanosomal (1)
- Antitrypanosomen (1)
- Antitumor (1)
- Arthrose (1)
- Arzneimittelwechselwirkung (1)
- Arzneistoffanalytik (1)
- Autoradiographie (1)
- Baclofen (1)
- Bakterien (1)
- Beta-2-Rezeptor (1)
- Bile (1)
- Bioaccessibility (1)
- Bioanalytik (1)
- Bioavailability (1)
- Bioconjugate (1)
- Biodistribution (1)
- Biologische Aktivität (1)
- Biologischer Abbau (1)
- Bioreactor System (1)
- Biosensor (1)
- Biotransformation (1)
- Bisoprolol (1)
- Bitopic Ligands (1)
- Blockcopolymere (1)
- Blut-Hirn-Schranke (1)
- Brustdrüse (1)
- C-3-substituiert (1)
- C-3-substituted (1)
- CAR T cells (1)
- CAR T-Zellen (1)
- CFC replacements (1)
- Candida albicans (1)
- Cannabinoid Receptor (1)
- Capillary Electrophoresis (1)
- Carbamate (1)
- Carbocistein (1)
- Carboxylates (1)
- Cerulenin (1)
- Characterization (1)
- Charged Aerosol Detektion (1)
- Charged aerosol detection (1)
- Chemical stability (1)
- Chemometric (1)
- Chemometrie (1)
- Chewing Gum (1)
- Chinolon <2-> (1)
- Chinolonamide (1)
- Chinolonderivate (1)
- Chiralität (1)
- Chlorfluorkohlenstoffe (1)
- Cholinesteraseinhibitor (1)
- Chondrogenesis (1)
- Chromatographischer Detektor (1)
- Chromone (1)
- Click-Chemie (1)
- Codon (1)
- Computational chemistry (1)
- Computational drug-design (1)
- Controlled release (1)
- Corona charged aerosol detector (1)
- Counterfeit Medicines (1)
- Cyclo-AMP (1)
- Cyclo-GMP (1)
- Cytochrom P-450 (1)
- Cytotoxicity (1)
- Cytotoxizität (1)
- DPP IV (1)
- Deep Eutectics (1)
- Derivsatisierung (1)
- Detektor (1)
- Diabetes mellitus (1)
- Diagnostik (1)
- Dickdarmkrebs (1)
- Dimere (1)
- Dimerisierung (1)
- Dosis (1)
- Dosislinearität (1)
- Drug delivery platform (1)
- Drug delivery platforms (1)
- Drug design (1)
- Drug form selection (1)
- EDC-NHS chemistry (1)
- EDTA (1)
- East Africa (1)
- Effluxpumpen (1)
- Electrospinning (1)
- Elektronensprayionisations-Massenspektrometrie (1)
- Enantiomere (1)
- Enantiomerentrennung (1)
- Enantiomerüberschuss (1)
- Enantioselektivität (1)
- Encapsulation (1)
- Endothel (1)
- Enoyl-Reduktase (1)
- Enoyl-acyl-carrier-protein-Reductase (1)
- Enoyl-acyl-carrier-protein-Reductase <Enoyl-[acyl-carrier-protein]-Reductase> (1)
- Enterobacteriaceae (1)
- Enzym (1)
- Enzyme inhibitor (1)
- Enzyminhibitor (1)
- Ephedrin (1)
- Ersatzstoff (1)
- Estradiol (1)
- Estrogens (1)
- Europäsches Arzneibuch (1)
- Excipient selection (1)
- Expiry date (1)
- Extrakt (1)
- FCKW-Ersatzstoffe (1)
- FGF (1)
- FGF-2 (1)
- FRET (1)
- FabI (1)
- Fertigarzneimittel (1)
- Fett (1)
- Fettgewebe (1)
- Fettkennzahlen (1)
- Fettsäurestoffwechsel (1)
- Flavoniden (1)
- Flavonoide (1)
- Flavonoids (1)
- Flavonoinds (1)
- Fluoreszenz (1)
- Fluoreszenz-Resonanz-Energie-Transfer (1)
- Fluoreszenzliganden (1)
- Fluoreszenzmikroskopie (1)
- Fluoreszenzpolarisation (1)
- Fluorine (1)
- Fluorverbindungen (1)
- Flux (1)
- Flüssigkeitschromatographie (1)
- Formulation (1)
- Functional properties (1)
- Funktionalisierung <Chemie> (1)
- Funktionalisierung von elektrogesponnenen Fasern (1)
- Fälschung (1)
- G-Protein gekoppelte Rezeptor (1)
- GABA-Rezeptor-Agonist (1)
- GABAB (1)
- GPCR (1)
- Galle (1)
- Galle <Sekret> (1)
- Gallensalze (1)
- Gas chromatography (1)
- Gaschromatographie (1)
- Gentamicin (1)
- Glutamate (1)
- Glycinrezeptor (1)
- Glycoengineering (1)
- Glykosylierung (1)
- Gyrasehemmer (1)
- HIV (1)
- HPLC-MS (1)
- Hepatotoxizität (1)
- High-performance liquid chromatography (1)
- Humane Afrikanische Trypanosomiasis (1)
- Hybrid (1)
- Hybrid GPCR Ligands (1)
- Hybrid-Molecules (1)
- Hybridliganden (1)
- Hydroperoxide (1)
- Hypoxia (1)
- Hypoxie (1)
- Hülsenfrüchte (1)
- IGF-I (1)
- In vitro (1)
- In vivo (1)
- InhA (1)
- Inhalation (1)
- Inhibition (1)
- Insulin-like Growth Factor (1)
- Insulin-like growth factor-I (1)
- Integrasen (1)
- Interferon <alpha-2a-> (1)
- Ion Pairs (1)
- Ionic Liquid (1)
- Ionische Flüssigkeit (1)
- Isocyanate (1)
- Isolation and Characterization (1)
- Isotopenverhältnis-Massenspektrometrie (1)
- Karibisches Meer (1)
- KasA (1)
- Kaugummi (1)
- Ketamin (1)
- Ketoacyl-ACP-Synthase <beta-> (1)
- Ketoacyl-ACP-synthase (1)
- Kiefernrindenextrakt (1)
- Kinaseinhibitor (1)
- Klinische Studie (1)
- Knochenpenetration (1)
- Knorpelbildung (1)
- Kohlenmonoxid (1)
- Kokristallisation (1)
- Konjugation (1)
- Kristall (1)
- Kristallstruktur (1)
- LMICS (1)
- Lactamantibiotikum <beta-> (1)
- Lebensmittelprodukte (1)
- Leber (1)
- Lebertoxizität (1)
- Legionella pneumophila (1)
- Legionnaires' Disease (1)
- Legionärskrankheit (1)
- Leishmania (1)
- Leishmaniose (1)
- Library of Phytochemicals (1)
- Library of plant species (1)
- Lipid-Peroxide (1)
- Liposomen (1)
- Low-income Countries (1)
- Lungenentzündung (1)
- Lungenkrebs (1)
- Lungenperfusionsmodell (1)
- M1 Muscarinic Receptor (1)
- M2 (1)
- M4 (1)
- MDR (1)
- MIR-Spektroskopie (1)
- MRSA (1)
- Makrophage (1)
- Malaria (1)
- Markierte Verbindungen (1)
- Masspectrometry (1)
- Matrix Effekte (1)
- Maus (1)
- Mebendazol (1)
- Merkaptursäuren (1)
- Metabolism (1)
- Method Validation (1)
- Microwave Assisted Extraction (1)
- Mikrosphären (1)
- Milchdrüse (1)
- Mip (1)
- Mip Inhibitoren (1)
- Modellierung (1)
- Modifikation von Biokeramiken (1)
- Molecular modelling (1)
- Molekular Modeling (1)
- Molekulardesign (1)
- Molekulardynamik (1)
- Monoklonaler Antikörper (1)
- Monomere (1)
- Monte Carlo Simulation (1)
- Monte Carlo simulation (1)
- Mucus (1)
- Mukovisdizose (1)
- Mukoviszidose (1)
- Multidrugresistant (1)
- Muscarinic receptor (1)
- Muskarinrezeptor (1)
- Muskelatrophie (1)
- Myositis (1)
- NIR-Spektroskopie (1)
- NMR Spektroskopie (1)
- NOX-Inhibitoren (1)
- Naproxen (1)
- Nature-Insipired Synthesis (1)
- Neuroprotection (1)
- Neuroprotektion (1)
- Oberflächenfunktionalisierung (1)
- Opiatrezeptor (1)
- Osteoarthritis (1)
- PDGF (1)
- PDGFR (1)
- PI3K/Akt/mTor pathway (1)
- Paracetamol (1)
- Paraffin (1)
- Parameter Quality Oil (1)
- Parenteral (1)
- Peptidsynthese (1)
- Peroxidzahl (1)
- Pflanzen (1)
- Pharmacokinetics (1)
- Pharmakologie (1)
- Pharmakometrie (1)
- Pharmakotherapie (1)
- Pharmazie (1)
- Phase separation (1)
- Pilocarpin (1)
- Pilokarpin (1)
- Plant extracts (1)
- Plants (1)
- Platelet-derived Growth Factor (1)
- Point-of-Care-testing (1)
- Polyglycerol (1)
- Polymilchsäure (1)
- Polyphenole (1)
- Poorly water-soluble drug (1)
- Positronen-Emissions-Tomografie (1)
- Praziquantel (1)
- Probenaufarbeitung (1)
- Proliferation (1)
- Propenderivate (1)
- Proteasen (1)
- Protein Expression (1)
- Protein crystal (1)
- Protein-Protein-Wechselwirkung (1)
- Proteinbindung (1)
- Proteine (1)
- Protic Ionic Liquids (1)
- Protonen-NMR-Spektroskopie (1)
- Präamplifizierung (1)
- Pulmonale Applikation (1)
- Pulmonary delivery (1)
- Purity control (1)
- Pycnogenol (1)
- Pyridin (1)
- Pyrimidinone (1)
- Pyroglutaminsäure (1)
- Quality ccontrol (1)
- Quantitative 1H NMR (1)
- Quinolone Amides (1)
- Quinolone amides (1)
- Radioindikator (1)
- Radiopharmaka (1)
- Reaktive Zwischenstufe (1)
- Receptor Dynamics (1)
- Red Fruit Oil (1)
- Release system (1)
- Reproducibility challenges (1)
- Rhizom (1)
- Rifampicin (1)
- Risikobewertung (1)
- Risk Assessment (1)
- Röstkaffee (1)
- Salz (1)
- Schafgarbe <Gattung> (1)
- Schleim (1)
- Schnelltest (1)
- Schwämme (1)
- Seide (1)
- Seiden-Fibroin (1)
- Sekundärmetabolit (1)
- Sensor (1)
- Sensoren (1)
- Sensors (1)
- Sesquiterpene lactones (1)
- Sesquiterpenlactonen (1)
- Shelf-life (1)
- Signaltransduktion (1)
- Silibinin (1)
- Silibinin ester (1)
- Silk Fibroin (1)
- Silk-Fibroin (1)
- Site-specific protein conjugation (1)
- Solubility (1)
- Sorafenib (1)
- Species Differences (1)
- Speziesunterschiede (1)
- Spray drying (1)
- Springs and Parachutes (1)
- Sprühtrocknung (1)
- Stability (1)
- Stabilitätsstudien (1)
- Staphylococcus aureus (1)
- Statine (1)
- Stereoselektive Synthese (1)
- Sternpolymere (1)
- Stoffwechsel (1)
- Streptomycin (1)
- Strychnin (1)
- Strychnosalkaloide (1)
- Synthetische Biologie (1)
- Sythese (1)
- TDM (1)
- TGF-β3 (1)
- Tandem Mass Spectrometry (1)
- Tetrahydro-15aH-azocino[1 (1)
- Tetrahydro[1 (1)
- Tetrahydrochinazoline (1)
- Therapeutisches Drug Monitoring (1)
- Tierversuche (1)
- Tongue (1)
- Toxicokinetics (1)
- Toxikokinetik (1)
- Transgene Tiere (1)
- Trennung (1)
- Trypanosomen (1)
- Tryptophan (1)
- Tuberculosis (1)
- Tuberkulose (1)
- Universität Würzburg. Lehrstuhl für Pharmazeutische Technologie und Biopharmazie (1)
- Unterernährung (1)
- Valeriana wallichii (1)
- Validierung (1)
- Vascularisation (1)
- Verderb (1)
- Verkapselung (1)
- Weakly chromophore impurities (1)
- West Africa (1)
- Wurmmittel (1)
- Zelloberfläche (1)
- Zellwand (1)
- Zunge (1)
- Zytotoxizität (1)
- absorption (1)
- adipose tissue (1)
- adipose tissue engineering (1)
- advanced drug delivery system (1)
- aldehydes (1)
- alkylpyrazines (1)
- amino acid (1)
- amorphous solid dispersion (1)
- animal studies (1)
- anti-infectives (1)
- anti-protease (1)
- antibiotic (1)
- antileishmanial (1)
- baclofen (1)
- bioavailability (1)
- bioceramics (1)
- bioconjugation (1)
- biodegradable polymer (1)
- biologics (1)
- biologische Körperflüssigkeiten (1)
- biomaterials (1)
- bioresponsive (1)
- bitopic ligands (1)
- bone penetration (1)
- cAMP (1)
- cGMP (1)
- capillary electrophoresis (1)
- cartilage tissue engineering (1)
- cerulenin (1)
- chemical crosslinking (1)
- chemically programmable (1)
- chemisch programmierbar (1)
- chiral separation (1)
- chirale Trennung (1)
- cholesterol and oxy-cholesterol (1)
- cholinesterase (1)
- cholinesterase inhibitors (1)
- clinical pharmacy (1)
- clinical study (1)
- co-delivery (1)
- cocrystal (1)
- coupled (1)
- cystic fibrosis (1)
- dimeric strychnine ligands (1)
- dose individualization (1)
- dose linearity (1)
- drug design (1)
- drug formulation (1)
- dualsteric (1)
- dualsteric ligand (1)
- efflux pumps (1)
- electrospun fibers (1)
- enantiomerenrein (1)
- enantiopure (1)
- endothelium (1)
- enoyl reductase (1)
- evaporation based detectors (1)
- evaporationsbasierte Detektoren (1)
- ex vivo Modell (1)
- extra cellular matrix (1)
- fluorescence (1)
- formulation development (1)
- free fatty acids (1)
- funktionale Präpolymere (1)
- genetic codon expansion (1)
- glutamates (1)
- gprotein (1)
- halo olefines (1)
- hepatotoxicity (1)
- human African trypanosomiasis (1)
- human nutrition (1)
- human plasma (1)
- hybrid ligands (1)
- hydroperoxides (1)
- immunomodulatory (1)
- impurities (1)
- impurity profiling (1)
- in vitro (1)
- in vitro/in vivo Korrelation (1)
- in vitro/in vivo correlation (1)
- inhibitors (1)
- injectable protein formulation (1)
- interleukin-4 (1)
- intestinal mucus (1)
- intestinal permeability (1)
- ion-pair chromatography (1)
- ionic liquids (1)
- isotope ratio mass spectrometry (1)
- isotopically labelled peptides (1)
- kasA (1)
- kinase inhibitor (1)
- lattice forces (1)
- lipid deterioration (1)
- lipid deterioration markers (1)
- liposomes (1)
- liver (1)
- lowering lattice forces (1)
- lung perfusion model (1)
- mRNA level (1)
- mRNA-Spiegel (1)
- mammary gland (1)
- marine sponge (1)
- matrix metalloproteinase (1)
- mechanistic drug-drug interactions (1)
- mechanistische Arzneistoffinteraktionen (1)
- mechanochemical degradation (1)
- mercapturic acids (1)
- metabolic network (1)
- metabolisches Netzwerk (1)
- microspheres (1)
- mixed-mode chromatography (1)
- modelling (1)
- molecular biopharmaceutics (1)
- molecular dynamics (1)
- molekulares Modellieren (1)
- monoclonal antibodies (1)
- monoklonale Antikörper (1)
- mucin (1)
- muscarinic (1)
- muscarinic acetylcholine receptor (1)
- mycobacterium tuberculosis (1)
- natural products (1)
- neuroprotection (1)
- neuroprotective (1)
- non-chromophore analytes (1)
- oral bioavailability (1)
- osteochondral implant (1)
- paraffins (1)
- pharmaceutical analysis (1)
- pharmacodynamic (1)
- pharmacokinetic (1)
- pharmacokinetics (1)
- pharmacology (1)
- pharmacometrics (1)
- phylogenetic analysis (1)
- pig (1)
- poly(2-ethyl-2-oxazoline) (1)
- polyethylenglykole (1)
- polylactid (1)
- poor water-soluble drugs (1)
- poorly water soluble drugs (1)
- postsurgical adhesion (1)
- profiles (1)
- protease-sensitive release (1)
- protein modification (1)
- protein nebulization (1)
- protein therapeutics (1)
- pyridine (1)
- pyroglutamic acid (1)
- qNMR (1)
- reactive metabolites (1)
- reaktive Metabolite (1)
- receptors (1)
- residence time (1)
- roast coffee (1)
- scar revision surgery (1)
- schistosmiasis (1)
- screening (1)
- sensor (1)
- silk fibroin (1)
- simple (1)
- site-specific protein modification (1)
- soil-transmitted helminthiases (1)
- solid dispersion (1)
- solubility (1)
- sphingomonads (1)
- staphylococcus aureus (1)
- steered molecular dynamics (1)
- structure-activity relationship (1)
- strychnine (1)
- subcutaneous fat layer (1)
- surface functionalization (1)
- tandem mass spectrometry (1)
- therapeutic gases (1)
- thermodynamics (1)
- transglutaminase (1)
- tuberculosis (1)
- underutilized legumes (1)
- vascularized fat construct (1)
- Öl (1)
- β2 - Agonisten (1)
- β2 - agonist (1)
Institute
- Institut für Pharmazie und Lebensmittelchemie (100) (remove)
Sonstige beteiligte Institutionen
- Universität Belgrad, Serbien (2)
- ACC GmbH Analytical Clinical Concepts (1)
- Bundesinstitut für Arzneimittel und Medizinprodukte (1)
- Friedrich-Schiller-Universität Jena (1)
- IBMP - Institut für Biomedizinische und Pharmazeutische Forschung in Nürnberg-Heroldsberg (1)
- Novartis AG (1)
- Novartis Pharma AG, Switzerland (1)
- Pharmakologie, Universität Bonn (1)
- Pharmazie, Universität Mailand (1)
- Spectral Service AG (1)
Priority tasks of the present thesis were to generate various enantiopure C-3-substituted pyroglutamates as well as C-3-substituted glutamates, and furthermore to ameliorate the serious drawback of the bad atom-economy in the reaction sequence of previously published silylether-mediated procedures. To meet these requirements, the ortho ester functionality (OBO ester) developed by Corey was introduced. According to the plan of synthesis, the starting material, non-racemic (S)-pyroglutamic acid, was converted to the corresponding oxetane ester via a DCC-mediated esterification. The latter was N-protected to provide N-acceptor substituted pyroglutamic acid oxetane esters (Acceptor=Boc,Cbz,CO2Me). After rearrangement with boron trifluoride, the ortho ester derivatives (Acceptor=Cbz,CO2Me) were at hand and exclusively the N-Cbz derivative was converted to the corresponding alpha,beta-unsaturated lactam via a syn-elimination reaction. The formation of the C-3-substituted ortho ester compounds (R=methyl,ethyl,butyl,allyl,phenyl,4-chlorophenyl,biphenyl,naphthyl) was performed via a copper-mediated conjugate addition to the alpha,beta-enone system of the N-Cbz-alpha,beta-unsaturated lactam. The OBO functionality hence was envisaged to support perfect trans selectivity in this cuprate addition to the Michael system of the N-Cbz-alpha,beta-unsaturated lactam. Spectroscopic NMR-data, on the basis of 1H-, 13C- and DEPT spectra, proved the assumption that the C-3-substituted ortho ester derivatives exclusively are trans-configurated, i.e. the alkyl derivatives (R=methyl,ethyl,butyl,allyl) are (2S,3S)-configurated and the aryl derivatives (R=phenyl,4-chlorophenyl,biphenyl,naphthyl) are (2S,3R)-configurated). The C-3-substituted ortho ester derivatives were completely deprotected to yield the C-3-substituted pyroglutamates (R=ethyl,phenyl,4-chlorophenyl,naphthyl). Finally, ring opening reaction via route A-2 lead to the desired enantiopure C-3-substituted glutamates. Alternatively, latter preferably were reacted via route A-1 to yield the C-3-substituted glutamates (R=methyl,ethyl,butyl,phenyl,4-chlorophenyl,naphthyl). Their (2S,3R)-configuration (R=aryl) and (2S,3S)-configuration (R=alky), respectively, unambiguously was proved on the basis of available spectroscopic NMR-data. To ensure this assumption, diastereomeric (2S,3R)-3-methyl glutamic acid (i.e. cis-configurated) examplarily was synthesized via route A-3 and spectroscopic NMR-data was compared to that of (2S,3S)-3-methyl glutamic acid (i.e. trans-configurated). Conclusively, there can be recorded the fact that the serious drawback of the bad atom-economy in the reaction sequence previously used can be circumvented by the introduction of the OBO functionality, so the concept of an improved atom-economy is achieved. Additionally, in comparison to the silyl-ether-mediated synthesis, the OBO functionality provided crystalline ortho ester derivatives, which facilitated their purification as well as characterization.
Synthesis of (RS)-5-amino-3-aryl (methyl)-pentanoic acid hydrochlorides, 3 aminomethyl-5-chloro-benzoic acid hydrochloride and (RS)-4-amino-3-(4`-ethynyl(iodo)-phenyl)-butanoic acid hydrochlorides have been accomplished. The aim of their synthesis was to evaluate their GABABR agonist activity and to derive a model which will correlate their structure with the observed pEC50. The GABABR agonist activity of the prepared compounds has been determined in functional assay based on calcium measurement in vitro using tsA cells transfected with GABAB1b/GABAB2/Gαq-z5. Reviews on the neurotransmitter receptors (ligand-gated ion channel receptors and G protein-coupled receptors), their agonists and antagonists have been given in the general part of this work. A detailed discussion on the strategy followed for the synthesis of the designed compounds as well as the starting materials and intermediates has been described and illustrated in Schemes 2-6. The synthesized compounds were evaluated for their GABABR agonist activity. Furthermore, these compounds were docked in the available 3D homology model of GABABR using the program FlexiDock implemented in SYBYL software. Subsequently, we derived a predictive model which correlates the experimentally determined pEC50 with the calculated binding energy of certain baclofen analogues and homologues. In addition, we used the program DISCO (DIStance COmparisons) implemented in SYBYL software to find the pharmacophore features of GABAB agonists.
The study deals with the area of the allosteric modulation of the muscarinic M2 receptors. The allosteric modulators have an influence on binding of orthosteric ligands (agonists and antagonists) to the classical orthosteric binding site of the muscarinic M2-receptors. The modulators are able to enhance (positive cooperativity) or decrease (negative cooperativity)the affinity of ligands to the orthosteric binding site. The allosteric binding site is located at the entrance of the receptor binding pocket. It is less conserved than the orthosteric binding site which is located in a narrow cavity created by the seven transmembrane domains. Consequently, development of subtype selective allosteric ligands is easier than subtypeselective muscarinic agonists or antagonists. Furthermore, subtype selectivity can be achieved by differently cooperative interactions between the allosteric and orthosteric ligand at different receptor subtypes. For example, the allosteric modulators that are positively cooperative with ACh at M1 receptors and neutrally cooperative at the other receptor subtypes could be beneficial for treatment of the Alzheimer’s disease. Bisquaternary analogues of the Strychnos alkaloid caracurine V are among the most potent allosteric modulators of muscarinic M2-receptors. The very rigid ring skeleton comprises the pharmacophoric elements of two positively charged nitrogens at an approximate distance of 10 surrounded by two aromatic ring systems in a distinct spatial arrangement. Owing to the close structural relationship of caracurine V salts to the strong muscle relaxants toxiferine and alcuronium, they are likely to exhibit neuromuscular blocking activity, which would limit their usefulness as research tools and make the therapeutical use impossible. Reduction of the caracurine V ring skeletons to structural features responsible for good allosteric potency could possibly lead to compounds with negligible neuromuscular blocking activity and very high affinity to the allosteric binding site at M2 receptor. Thus, the aim of this study was to synthesize and pharmacologically evaluate analogues of a novel heterocyclic ring system, which comprises the pharmacophoric elements mentioned previously. The key step of the synthesis of the desired 6,7,14,15-tetrahydro[1,5]diazocino[1,2-a:6,5-a]-diindole ring system (6) involved the intermolecular double N-alkylation of the bromoethylindole (5), which was prepared from the known indolyl methylacetate (3) by reduction of the ester group to alcohol and subsequent substitution by bromine. 3 could be prepared in three steps involving N,N-dibenzylation of tryptamine followed by introduction of the dimethyl malonate moiety at C-2 of indole ring and a subsequent demethoxycarbonylation. The total synthesis of 6,7,14,15-tetrahydro[1,5]diazocino[1,2-a:6,5-a]diindole ring system (6) is shown in Scheme 24. In order to examine the influence of the length of the side-chain on muscarinic activity,exchange of the ethylamine moieties of 14 by the methylamino groups was planned. This should be accomplished by dimerization of the unsubstituted 2-bromoethylindole (32), and subsequent Mannich aminomethylation of the resulting unsubstituted pentacyclic ring. The total synthesis of the 6,7,14,15-tetrahydro-15aH-azocino[1,2-a:6,5-b]diindole ring system(35) is shown in Scheme 25. 32 was prepared from indole-2-carboxylic acid in six steps involving reduction of the acid to the corresponding alcohol 26, benzoylation of 26 followed by nucleophilic substitution with KCN, hydrolysis of the cyanide 28 to indolyl acetic acid 29,reduction of 29 to the corresponding alcohol 30, and finally bromination of 30 to give the bromide 32. Since dimerization attempts of 32 provided only 2-vinylindole (33), the tosylate 34 was used as starting material for the intermolecular alkylation to give exclusively an isomeric pentacyclic ring system, 7,14,15-tetrahydro-15aH-azocino[1,2-a:6,5-b]diindole (35). The formation of the novel, asymmetric ring skeleton can be explained by the ambident nucleophilic character of the indolyl anion that can be alkylated either at nitrogen or at C-3 of indole ring. 35 was subjected to a Mannich reaction to give 2,13-dimethylaminoalkylated product 37 as well as small amounts of the 13-monosubstituted compound (36). The geometry of novel ring systems 6 was elucidated by means of NMR spectroscopy and semiempirical calculations. The diazocinodiindole ring skeleton of 6 exists in chloroform solution at room temperature in a twisted-boat conformation, as indicated by 600 MHz ROESY experiment, vicinal coupling constants within the eight-membered ring, and AM1 calculations. In order to obtain potent allosteric ligands, the new heterocycles 6 and 37 were quarternized with methyliodide to the corresponding ammonium salts 14 and 38, respectively. Additionally, the N,N -diallylsalts of 37 (compound 39) was prepared. The allosteric effect of 14, 38, and 39 on the dissociation of the orthosteric radioligand [3H]Nmethylscopolamine([3H]NMS) and their effects on [3H]NMS equilibrium binding were studied in homogenates of porcine heart ventricles. The concentration of an allosteric agent for a half-maximum effect on orthosteric ligand dissociation (EC50,diss) corresponds to a 50 % occupancy of the liganded receptors by the respective allosteric test compounds. Due to the presence of two benzyl groups on each nitrogen in the side chains of 14, its binding affinity can be best compared with that of N,N -dibenzylcaracurinium V dibromide (EC50,diss = 69 nM). Compound 14 exhibited the comparable affinity to N,N -dibenzylcaracurinium V dibromide with EC50,diss = 54 nM. This result suggested that replacement of the bulky benzyl groups of 14 by smaller substitutents will probably increase the allosteric potency, since dimethyl- and diallylcaracurinium salts showed a 5-fold increase of binding affinity relative to the dibenzyl analogue. Even though the new azocinodiindole ring system of 38 and 39, is not included in the caracurine V ring skeleton, it comprises the essentially pharmacophoric elements of allosteric potency. Due to the different spatial arrangements of the aromatic rings, as well as to different internitrogen distances in both ring systems, compound 38 and 39 exhibited 4-fold lower M2 binding affinity (EC50,diss = 35 and 48 nM, respectively) than the corresponding caracurine V analogues. This study deals with the synthesis of the first representative (Compound 6) of a novel pentacyclic ring system derived from caracurine V. The high allosteric potency of its dimethyl analogue reveals the [1,5]diazocino[1,2-a:6,5-a]-diindole ring system as a new promising lead structure for allosteric modulators of muscarinic M2 receptors. Future research will be focused on structural modifications of the new ring system in order to increase the affinity to the muscarinic receptors. Furthermore, the binding affinities of the new synthesized compounds to the muscle type of nicotinic ACh-receptor should reveal structural features responsible for the muscarinic/nicotinic selectivity.
The cyclic nucleotides cAMP and cGMP are two ubiquitous important second messengers, which regulate diverse physiological responses from vision and memory to blood pressure and thrombus formation. They act in cells via cAMP- and cGMP-dependent protein kinases (PKA and GK), cyclic nucleotide-gated channels and Epac. Although the concept of cyclic nucleotide signalling is well developed based on classical biochemical studies, these techniques have not allowed to analyze cAMP and cGMP in live cells with high temporal and spatial resolution. In the present study fluorescence resonance energy transfer was used to develop a technique for visualization of cAMP and cGMP in live cells and in vitro by means of fluorescent biosensors. Ligand-induced conformational change in a single nucleotide-binding domain flanked with green fluorescent protein mutants was used for dynamic, highly sensitive measurements of cAMP and cGMP. Such biosensors retained binding properties and chemical specificity of unmodified domains, allowing to image cyclic nucleotides in a physiologically relevant range of concentrations. To develop cAMP-sensors, binding domains of PKA, Epac and cAMP-gated HCN-channel were used. cGMP-sensors were based on single domains of GK and phosphodiesterases (PDEs). Sensors based on Epac were used to analyze spatio-temporal dynamics of cAMP in neurons and macrophages, demonstrating that cAMP-gradients travel with a high speed (~ 40 μm/s) throughout the entire cytosol. To understand the mechanisms of cAMP-compartmentation, kinetics properties of phosphodi-esterase (PDE2) were, next, analyzed in aldosterone producing cells. PDE2 is able to rapidly hydrolyze extensive amounts of cAMP, so that the speed of cAMP-hydrolysis is much faster than that of its synthesis, which might serve as a basis of compartmentation. cAMP-sensors were also used to develop a clinically relevant diagnostic method for reliable detection of β1-adrenergic receptor autoantibodies in cardiac myopathy patients, which has allowed to significantly increase the sensitivity of previously developed diagnostic approaches. Conformational change in a single binding domain of GK and PDE was, next, used to create novel fluorescent biosensors for cGMP. These sensors demonstrated high spatio-temporal resolution and were applied to analyze rapid dynamics of cGMP production by soluble and particulate guanylyl cyclases as well as to image cGMP in mesangial cells. In summary, highly sensitive biosensors for cAMP and cGMP based on single cyclic nucleotide-binding domains have been developed and used in various biological and clinically relevant applications.
Background: Population pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic (PKPD) modeling and simulations were applied to identify optimal dosage regimens for antibiotics. As the emergence of bacterial resistance is increasing and as only a few new antibiotics became available during the last decade, optimal use of established agents and preserving their effectiveness seems vital. Objectives: 1) To find the descriptor of body size and body composition which allows to achieve target concentrations and target effects in patients with cystic fibrosis (CF) most precisely. 2) To identify the mode of administration with the highest probability of successful treatment for intravenous beta-lactams. 3) To develop formulas for optimal dose selection for patients of various body size. General methods: Drug analysis in plasma and urine was performed by HPLC or LC-MS/MS in a single laboratory, at the IBMP. Drug analysis was not done by the author of this thesis. We used non-compartmental analysis and parametric population PK analysis for all studies. We used non-parametric bootstrapping to assess the uncertainty of PK parameters for our meta-analysis of the PK in CF-patients and healthy volunteers. Plasma concentration time profiles for several thousand virtual subjects were simulated by MCS which account for average PK parameters, their between subject variability (BSV), and patient specific demographic data. Convincing literature data show that the duration of non-protein bound concentration above MIC (fT>MIC) best predicts the microbiological and clinical success of beta-lactams and the area under the non-protein bound concentration curve divided by the MIC (fAUC/MIC) best predicts success for quinolones. We used PKPD targets from literature that were based on the fT>MIC or fAUC/MIC, respectively. Achieving a PKPD target was used as a surrogate measure for successful treatment. In our MCS, we calculated the fT>MIC or fAUC/MIC for all simulated concentration profiles and compared it to the value of the PKPD target. The fraction of subjects who achieved the target at the respective MIC approximates the probability of target attainment (PTA). The PTA can be interpreted as probability of successful treatment under certain assumptions. Studies in CF-patients Methods: We had data from ten studies (seven beta-lactams and three quinolones) in CF-patients which all included a healthy volunteer control group. Clinical procedures were very similar for all ten studies. Both subject groups had study conditions as similar as possible. We had data on 90 CF-patients (average +/- SD, age: 21+/-3.6 yrs) and on 111 healthy volunteers (age: 25+/-3.5 yrs). We compared the average clearance and volume of distribution between CF-patients and healthy volunteers for various body size descriptors including total body weight (WT), fat-free mass (FFM), and predicted normal weight (PNWT). We considered linear and allometric scaling of PK parameters by body size and used a meta-analysis based on population PK parameters for the comparison of CF-patients and healthy volunteers. Target concentrations can be achieved more precisely, if a size descriptor reduces the random, unexplained BSV. Therefore, we studied the reduction of unexplained BSV for each size descriptor relative to linear scaling by WT, since doses for CF-patients are commonly selected as mg/kg WT. Results: Without accounting for body size, average total clearance was 15% lower (p=0.005) and volume of distribution at steady-state was 17% lower (p=0.001) in CF-patients compared to healthy volunteers. For linear scaling by WT, average total clearance in CF-patients divided by total clearance in healthy volunteers was 1.15 (p=0.013). This ratio was 1.06 (p=0.191) for volume of distribution. A ratio of 1.0 indicates that CF-patients and healthy volunteers of the same body size have identical average clearances or volumes of distribution. For allometric scaling by FFM or PNWT, the ratio of total clearance and volume of distribution between CF-patients and healthy volunteers was within 0.80 and 1.25 for almost all drugs and the average ratio was close to 1. Allometric scaling by FFM or PNWT reduced the unexplained BSV in renal clearance by 24 to 27% (median of 10 drugs) relative to linear scaling by WT. The unexplained BSV was reduced for seven or eight of the ten drugs by more than 15% and the remaining two or three drugs had essentially unchanged (+/-15%) unexplained BSVs in renal clearance. Conclusions: The PK in CF-patients was comparable to the PK in healthy volunteers after accounting for body size and body composition by allometric scaling with FFM or PNWT. Target concentrations and target effects in CF-patients can be achieved most precisely by dose selection based on an allometric size model with FFM or PNWT. Future studies are warranted to study the clinical superiority of allometric dosing by FFM or PNWT compared to dose selection as mg/kg WT in CF-patients.
There are numerous areas of application for which PKPD models are a valuable tool. We studied dose linearity, bone penetration and drug-drug interactions of antibiotics by PKPD modeling. Knowledge about possible saturation of elimination pathways at therapeutic concentrations is important for studying the probability of successful treatment of dosage regimens via MCS at various doses, other modes of administration, or both. We studied the dose linearity of flucloxacillin and piperacillin. For data analysis of the dose linearity studies, population PK modeling and MCS was used. Population PK has been reported to detect saturable elimination at lower doses, and to estimate BSV more precisely than the STS approach. The variability in PK and the expected variability in PD are combined in a MCS to predict the probability of successful treatment. Flucloxacillin showed no saturation of elimination at the studied doses of 500 mg and 1000 mg. Comparison of various dosage regimens showed, that only one third of the daily dose is needed with prolonged or continuous infusion to achieve the same probability of successful treatment as short-term infusions at the full dose. For serious infections with sensitive staphylococci that are treated with intravenous flucloxacillin, prolonged infusion and continuous infusion are an appealing treatment option. Contrary to flucloxacillin, renal elimination and to a lesser extent also nonrenal elimination of piperacillin were saturable at therapeutic concentrations. Renal clearance decreased by 24% (p = 0.02) after a dose of 3000 mg piperacillin compared to the 1500 mg dose. A model without saturable elimination predicted PTA expectation values that were 6 to 11% lower for high dose short-term infusions and 2 to 5% higher for low dose continuous infusions, compared to models with saturable elimination. These differences depend on the MIC distributions of the local hospital. However, more accurate estimates for the PTA expectation value can be obtained by including an existent saturable elimination pathway into the PK model. Developing a mechanistic model of an interaction allows one to predict the extent of the interaction for other doses of drug and inhibitor. We studied the interactions between gemifloxacin and probenecid, between ciprofloxacin, its metabolite M1 and probenecid, and between flucloxacillin and piperacillin. Mechanistic models for drug-drug interactions were developed by the STS approach. This approach directly accounts for the concentration dependence of an interaction and describes the full time course of an interaction. Probenecid significantly inhibited the renal elimination of gemifloxacin, ciprofloxacin and ciprofloxacin’s metabolite M1, and slightly decreased nonrenal clearance of gemifloxacin. Piperacillin significantly decreased renal and nonrenal clearance of flucloxacillin, but hardly vice versa. For all three interactions competitive inhibition of a capacity-limited renal elimination pathway was identified as the most likely mechanism. As those drugs are all actively secreted in the renal tubules, competitive interaction is physiologically reasonable. Probenecid had a lower affinity to the renal transporter than gemifloxacin, ciprofloxacin and M1. Due to its substantially higher concentrations, probenecid inhibited the elimination of the quinolones. The affinity of piperacillin for the renal transporter was 13 times higher compared to flucloxacillin. Piperacillin PK was only slightly affected by flucloxacillin. PK interactions with piperacillin are likely to occur also with other betalactam combinations. PK interactions may be useful to improve the PD profile of an antibiotic, however possibly increased risks for side effects (e.g. risk of rash for gemifloxacin and probenecid) have to be considered.
Conjugation of reactive intermediates of drugs with proteins or DNA may result in toxic effects such as hepatotoxicity, agranulocytosis, allergies, tumors, etc. From 1975 to 1999, 2.9% of drugs were withdrawn from the market due to such severe adverse drug reactions. Thus, formation of chemically reactive intermediates is a widely discussed problem in drug development processes. Early detection of potentially toxic compounds is required for drug discovery and drug development. Conjugation of such electrophilic compounds with glutathione (GSH) is one of the most important detoxifying reactions in vivo. Processing of these GSH-conjugates ultimately leads to the formation of renally cleared mercapturic acids, which may also be oxidized to sulfoxides. Thus, mercapturic acids may be generated and detected in vitro and non-invasively in vivo in urine to assess the reactivity of a compound in early stages of drug development processes. Therefore, the aim of this work was to develop and evaluate a HPLC-MS/MS screening method for simple and rapid detection and characterization of known and unknown mercapturic acids and application of the method to several different matrices. Based on the common constant neutral loss (CNL) of 129 Da of all mercapturic acids tested (in negative ion mode), a CNL survey scan was performed using a linear ion trap instrument and was combined with two enhanced product ion (EPI) scans with different collision energies to characterize the detected signals. The CNL resulted from the cleavage between the sulfur and the carbon atom in the N-acetyl-L-cysteine moiety. After optimization of the experimental parameters, the detection limits of the reference substances in rat urine ranged from 0.3 to 15.5 pmol on column (i.e. 20 ng/ml to 800 ng/ml). For in vitro evaluation of the method, the model compounds acetaminophen, diclofenac, bifonazole, clozapine, troglitazone, carbamazepine, and bisphenol A were screened for formation of reactive intermediates and, hence, detection of the corresponding mercapturic acids. To determine possible species- and tissue-specific toxicities, the model compounds were incubated with stimulated neutrophils and with liver microsomes from rats and humans. Species-specific differences were observed in incubations of acetaminophen and diclofenac with rat and human hepatic microsomes. Tissue-specific differences in biotransformation of the model compounds in incubations with human neutrophils and human liver microsomes were observed for diclofenac, carbamazepine, clozapine, and bifonazole. The developed HPLC-MS/MS method was also evaluated in vivo by analysis of rat and human urine. Drug-related mercapturic acids were detected in urine of rats orally treated with acetaminophen (20 mg/kg and 640 mg/kg b.w.) or diclofenac (10 mg/kg and 20 mg/kg b.w.). Human urine samples were analyzed before and after oral administration of a clinically used dose of 500 mg and 50 mg of acetaminophen. Besides detection of the mercapturic acid of N-acetylbenzoquinoneimine (AAP-MA), a second mercapturic acid with m/z 327 occurred dose-dependently in rat and human urine samples after administration of acetaminophen. Further investigations on identification of this metabolite using authentic compounds and comparing their MS/MS mass spectra demonstrated oxidation of AAP-MA to stereoisomeric sulfoxides in vivo. For diclofenac, a novel mercapturic acid with m/z 441 was detected in rat urine samples that was identical to a metabolite obtained in incubations with human neutrophils before. The in vivo formation of this diclofenac metabolite is described here for the first time. In addition, three endogenously formed mercapturic acids were detected and identified. In conclusion, the results of the in vitro and in vivo evaluation demonstrate the advantages of the rapid and generic HPLC-MS/MS screening method for the detection of mercapturic acids, that can be obtained with a minimum of sample preparation and a high throughput in diverse matrices.
The aim of the present study was to design different dosage forms as carrier systems to deliver sorafenib to the lung of BXB-23 transgenic mice using different routes of administration. Three dosage forms were used one of them was an oil-in-water emulsion and the oral route was chosen for this experiment. The other delivery system was a liposome preparation for intratracheal instillation. In this case the oral route was considered as a control experiment. The last dosage form was PLGA microspheres. Before sorafenib administration it was important to develop a HPLC method to assess sorafenib absorption after its administration and to determine its concentrations in mouse serum. The HPLC method allowed sorafenib quantification in small volumes (30 µl) of mouse serum and tissues. The developed HPLC method was validated resulting in satisfactory selectivity, good linearity, good accuracy and precision over the concentration range examined. Sorafenib was successfully incorporated in a fat emulsion (o/w) using a traditional method resulting in a white homogenous emulsion and no particle aggregation was observed. Sorafenib exhibited antitumor activity on the lung adenoma in BXB-23 transgenic mice when administered orally (2 mg sorafenib per mouse) in the emulsion preparation. The determined effect was an approximately 29 % reduction in the tumor area of the adenoma foci and a proliferation reduction. In order to improve the pharmacological effects of sorafenib on the lung adenoma in BXB-23 mice, the targeting of sorafenib directly to the site of action (the lung) was an attractive concept. For this purpose the intratracheal route was used. Since sorafenib administration by instillation required incorporation of sorafenib in a dosage form suitable for its lipophilic nature, a liposome suspension was the second dosage form used. A lyophilization method was employed for sorafenib liposome preparation utilizing dilauroylphosphatidylcholine (DLPC) which is safe and tolerable for the lung. Incorporation of sorafenib in the liposomes did not influence the particle size and its distribution. The sorafenib liposomes showed high encapsulation efficiency, good stability at 4 °C for one month and satisfactory in vitro release properties and inhibited Raf-1 mediated activation of ERK in cell culture assay. In a pharmacokinetic experiment sorafenib loaded liposomes were instilled directly into the lung. The results revealed that a significant level of sorafenib was achieved in the lung tissues after 2 hours and then reduced after 48 h and remained nearly constant for one week. On the other hand, only traces of sorafenib were found in the mice serum up to 48 h. Subsequently, the pharmacological activity of sorafenib (1 mg per mouse) was studied when delivered in a liposomal suspension intratracheally to treat the lung adenoma of BXB-23 mice. The data of this experiment demonstrated that sorafenib intratracheal instillation resulted in a reduction of tumor area of adenoma foci (67 %) and an elevation of the percent of apoptotic cells. In contrast, prolongation of the treatment period did not further enhance sorafenib activity on the lung adenoma. This previous finding suggested a development of multidrug resistance (MDR) by the adenoma foci cells against sorafenib instillation, which was examined by immunohistochemistry staining. The percent of MDR positive cells was higher after two and three weeks sorafenib liposome instillation treatment than that after one week treatment. The last dosage form used for sorafenib was microspheres, which were prepared by emulsion-diffusion-evaporation method using biodegradable PLGA 50:50 resulting in a white lyophilized powder. The system was characterized physicochemically and revealed a good microspheres yield, high encapsulation efficiency, a homogenous particle size distribution and slow in vitro release of sorafenib. The other strategy studied in the present research project was gene delivery to target the lung bearing tumor of BXB-23 mice using a non-viral vector (polyethylenimine). Polyethylenimine (PEI) was used to investigate its efficiency in transfecting lung bearing tumor of BXB-23 mice model and its ability to transfect the adenoma foci cells. LacZ, which encodes Beta-galactosidase was used in the present study as a reporter gene and was complexed with PEI before delivered intravenously. A high LacZ expression in the alveolar region with some expression in the adenoma foci was observed. On contrary, a low LacZ expression in the alveoli and in the adenoma foci was achieved after instillation of the same polyplex intratracheally.
Gas chromatography – isotope ratio mass spectrometry (HRGC-IRMS) is an established technology for the authenticity assessment of achiral aroma compounds. For this technique, authentic reference data for both ‘natural’ and ‘synthetic’ origins of the aroma compounds is needed to define the limits and possibilities of authenticity assessments. For different fruit aroma compounds databases have been accumulated and have been used successfully. But this simplicity in the procedure of accumulating samples and filling the database fails, when the generation of aroma compounds are dependant on, not only the fruit itself, but also on a technological process as in the case of roasting coffee beans. In such a case, it is not enough simply to analyse samples from different origins for the database, but an examination of the influence of the technological process of roasting on the aroma is also needed. Furthermore, the generation process of the aroma compounds from their precursors during roasting should be analysed and determined. The aim of this study was, therefore, to build up a database for alkylpyrazines (and pyridine) from roasted coffee, and to elucidate the questions determining the alkylpyrazine and pyridine generation in coffee beans in all aspects. For this purpose arabica and robusta green coffees from different regions of the world were roasted, and the stable isotope ratios, 15N/14N and 2H/1H, of the produced alkylpyrazines and pyridine were compared to those of references, commercially available roast coffees, unspecified roast coffees, coffee products and coffee aromas. Additionally, the δ2HV-SMOW isotopic stability of alkylpyrazines in different solvents was determined to exclude isotopic effects in coffee products and coffee aromas. To elucidate the question as to how the stable isotope values, 15N/14N, 2H/1H and 13C/12C, of alkylpyrazine references were obtained and if these could be influenced somehow, different alkylpyrazines were synthesised. The generation process of alkylpyrazines during the roasting of coffee was analysed, by both roasting experiments and the fractionation of green coffee beans, into compound classes with subsequent roastings.
The work deals with the synthesis and characterization of cerulenin analogues as inhibitors of efflux pump mediated resistance of Candida albicans isolates and as inhibitors of the fatty acid synthesis enzyme KasA of Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Cerulenin was chosen as the lead structure, being a substrate of the efflux pumps in Candida albicans on one hand and therefore variations on the structure could lead to a blocking of the efflux pumps as in the case of tetracycline and inhibitor 13-CPTC of the TetB efflux pump. On the other hand, cerulenin is a known inhibitor of the FAS system but inhibition is unselective in type I and II FAS. Therefore, analogues could result in increased selectivity towards the type II FAS system in M. tuberculosis. The first cerulenin derivatives were prepared by coupling 2,3-dihydrofuran to the before synthesized 1-octaniodide, followed by ring opening and oxidation in one step by chromic acid and transfer of the resulting 4-keto acid to amides to give analogues 4a-d, 4e was prepared in analogy. To include the epoxide function especially with regard to the mechanism of action of cerulenin in the FAS system (considering known crystal structures of cerulenin and the KasA analogue of E. coli) tetrahydro- and dihydrocerulenin analogues were synthesized. Starting from the corresponding aldehyde, lactone 5 (tetrahydrocerulenin analogues) was obtained via two different routes A and B. Route A included the coupling of the aldehyde 1-nonanal to propiolic acid via a Grignard reaction with subsequent hydrogenation with the Lindlar catalyst under hydrogen pressure to give 5. Via Route B 1-nonanal was coupled to methyl propiolate by n-BuLi with subsequent hydrogenation under reflux with the catalytic system Lindlar cat./NH4HCO2 to yield 5. These hydrogenations were also executed in a microwave oven resulting in better yields and/or reaction times. The lactone 5 was then epoxidized, the ring opened by amidation and the remaining alcohol was oxidized via Collins oxidation to result in tetrahydrocerulenin analogues 8a-e. The same procedure was used for dihydrocerulenin analogues 10a-c except that to obtain the corresponding lactone 9a only route A was used and a further step had to be executed for ring closure. To obtain analogues with all structural features of cerulenin including two double bonds and the epoxide function, a third pathway was chosen. To obtain the future side chain, aldehyde 12 was synthesized by coupling protected 4-pentyn-1-ol to either crotyl bromide or crotyl chloride, which then was deprotected, hydrogenated with Lindlar catalyst under hydrogen pressure and oxidized via a Swern oxidation. The following synthesis sequence starting from 12 was executed similar to that of dihydrocerulenins via the corresponding lactone (51) with the major exception of the oxidation procedure in the last step via TPAP/NMO to result in (4Z,7E)-cerulenin analogues 15a-b. A fourth class of cerulenin analogues was synthesized with the aromatic analogues 17a-e. This synthesis pathway started with the formation of the benzoyl acrylamides 16a-e from benzoylacrylic acid via a mixed anhydride which was prepared with isobutylchloroformate followed by the addition of the corresponding amine. Subsequent epoxidation with H2O2 in basic EtOH gave the aromatic cerulenin analogues 17a-e. Pharmacological testings for the synthesized substances were executed on efflux pump-resistant and -sensitive Candida albicans isolates, on the fatty acid synthesis enzyme KasA of Mycobacterium tuberculosis and on other organisms such as Leishmania major, Trypanosoma brucei brucei, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Escherichia coli and Pseudomonas aeruginosa within the Sonderforschungsbereich 630.
The widely used chemical acrylamide (AA) has been classified as a probable human carcinogen. This classification was based on positive results in rodent carcinogenicity studies as well as on a number of in vitro mutagenicity assays. In 2002, AA was discovered to be formed during the preparation of starch-containing foods. According to the latest FDA exposure assessment (2006), the average daily intake has been estimated from AA levels in foodstuffs and from nutritional habits to be around 0.4 µg/kg b.w. with a 90th percentile of 0.95 µg/kg b.w.. In children and adolescents however, the daily AA intake is about 1.5 times higher, due to lower body weight and differing consumption patterns. Apart from the diet, humans may be exposed to AA during the production or handling of monomeric AA, from AA residues in polyacrylamides, and from cigarette smoke. After oral administration, AA is readily absorbed and distributed throughout the organism. AA is metabolized to the reactive epoxide glycidamide (GA) via the CYP 450 isoenzyme CYP 2E1. Both, AA and GA are conjugated with glutathione. After enzymatic processing, the mercapturic acids N-Acetyl-S-(2-carbamoylethyl)-L-cysteine (AAMA) as well as the regioisomers N-Acetyl-S-(2-carbamoyl-2-hydroxyethyl)-L-cysteine (GAMA) and N-Acetyl-S-(1-carbamoyl-2-hydroxy-ethyl)-L-cysteine (iso-GAMA) are excreted with urine. An additional pathway for the metabolic conversion of GA is the epoxide hydrolase mediated hydrolysis to the diol compound glyceramide. Following administration of AA at doses exceeding the daily dietary intake by a factor of 1000 - 6000 to human subjects, a new urinary metabolite was found, which could be identified as the S-oxide of AAMA (AAMA-sulfoxide). In general, data from animal studies are used for risk assessment of (potential) human carcinogens. However, inter-species differences in toxicodynamics or toxicokinetics, e.g. in biotransformation may lead to under- or overestimation of human risk. The objective of this work was to establish a highly specific and sensitive analytical method to quantify the major urinary metabolites of AA. Other aims apart from measurements concerning the human background exposure were the evaluation of biotransformation and toxicokinetics of AA in humans and rats after oral administration of 13C3-AA. The obtained data was intended to help avoid linear extrapolation from animal models for future risk assessments of AA carcinogenicity.
The inhaled pharmacotherapy is fundamental in the management of obstructive lung diseases such as asthma bronchiale or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. In this context short- and long-acting β2-agonists play a prominent role as relieve and control medication. Regarding the risk-benefit profile of an inhaled drug, the pattern of pulmonary deposition and the rate and extent of absorption into systemic circulation are essential parameters. New developments of drugs are characterized by high lung retention and improved efficacy. The aim of the present thesis was the parallel evaluation the pharmacokinetic (PK) and -dynamic (PD) properties of inhaled β2-agonists employing an isolated human lung perfusion model (IPL). The short-acting β2-agonist salbutamol and the newly developed ultra long-acting β2-agonist GW597901 were chosen for the analysis of pulmonary drug absorption and bronchodilation. In a pharmacokinetic enabling study an established human IPL setting was modified to monitor the pharmacokinetics of the β2-agonists by measuring the concentrations in perfusion fluid, lung tissue and BAL samples obtained during and after the experiments. The IPL model revealed differences in the pulmonary absorption behaviour of GW597901 and salbutamol. The lipophilic compound GW597901 was distributed to a lower extent into the perfusion fluid compared to the more hydrophilic compound salbutamol. The analyzed time profiles of nebulized salbutamol in the perfusate were consistent to with a clinical study if considering experimental conditions as the actual deposited doses and the differing volume of distribution. Thus, the suitability of the IPL model for the PK analysis of inhaled β2-agonists was confirmed. In a PK/PD study the human ex vivo model was employed for the first time for the evaluation of the clinical relevant bronchodilating effect induced by inhaled β2-agonists in addition to the analysis of their pharmacokinetics. Thereby the focus was to determine the onset and extent of bronchodilation. A new method was established to monitor changes in lung function parameters due to pharmacodynamic interventions over the duration of the experiment that allowed permanent online recording of the ventilation volume and lung mechanic parameters. Bronchial challenges with aerolised MCh were performed successfully in isolated ventilated human lung lobes, even though the responder rate was lower than expected despite high administered doses. The administration of the short acting agent salbutamol led to an immediate onset of action recognized as a sudden increase of the ventilation volumes. The bronchodilation following the application of GW597901 was observed delayed after about 6 min. Monitored lung function parameters considerably improved by both β2 - agonists in the IPL setting but not significantly different. Thus, in regard of the different applied doses GW597901 had a higher intrinsic activity and bronchodilating potency than salbutamol. The concentrations of salbutamol and GW597901 in the perfusate determined in the PK/PD study were significantly lower than those observed in the pharmacokinetic enabling study, while the tmax values and the course of the distribution profiles remained similar. Most likely, the application of nebulized MCh prior to the administration of the β2 - agonists had a substantial influence on their pharmacokinetic behaviour. It is yet not clear whether pharmacodynamic effects or molecular competition processes for the passage to the systemic circulation or both influenced the redistribution of the β2 - agonists as seen in the PK/PD study. The potential clinical relevance of this observation has to be further investigated. The development of pulmonary edema during the experiment was one limitation of the IPL model. For the determination of the onset of edema formation four potential biochemical markers, specifically surfactant-protein A (SP-A), angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE), urea and lactate dehydrogenase, were measured in perfusion fluids. In this context, an ELISA method for the quantification of human SP-A in biological matrices was successfully established. The investigations showed that the concentrations of SP-A and ACE in the perfusate increased over time as a sign for lung tissue damage and correlated with the degree of edema formation. For the first time the IPL model was used for the evaluation of potential pulmonary edema marker and the results have shown that it is valuable tool for further investigations in this field. In conclusion, the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic characterization of GW597901 and salbutamol was successfully achieved using the IPL model. This ex vivo methodology may contribute to further insights and understanding of the complex pharmacokinetic processes of inhaled β2 – agonists in the lung.
In this thesis, computational structure-based design approaches were employed to target the HIV-1 integrase and the macrophage infectivity potentiator (MIP) of Legionella pneumophila. The thesis yields valuable information about the mechanism of action of a known class of integrase inhibitors and a novel approach towards enzyme inhibition, which still is mainly unaddressed in current integrase research. For the MIP enzyme, two small-molecule MIP inhibitors were discovered. The computational studies of HIV-1 integrase have provided valuable information for IN inhibitor design. Docking experiments supported the hypothesis that the well-known diketo acid inhibitors enter the IN active site not as free ligands, but rather as metal complexes. These results help to reveal the mechanism of action of this important class of IN inhibitors.To give an impulse for the development of a novel class of inhibitors, a new strategy towards IN inhibition was introduced: An alternative binding site, the dimerization interface of an IN catalytic core domain monomer, was explored for inhibitor design. The lack of structural data of the free monomer was overcome by extensive MD studies. Snapshots derived from the MD simulation were used as protein input structures in a docking study with the inhibitory peptide YFLLKL to reveal its potential binding mode. The docking procedure showed that the peptidic ligand binds to a dimerization interface conformation which shows a Y-shaped binding site.. The next step was to address this protein conformation with small, non-peptidic molecules. The first strategy towards finding small-molecule interface binders was to create a pharmacophore model with hydrophobic features and shape constraints, aiming to find molecules with a good complementarity to the Y-shaped dimerization interface. Virtual screening yielded a total of 10 compounds, which all displayed good shape complementarity and favorable hydrophobic interactions. Unfortunately, none of the compounds showed a reproducible inhibitory activity in biological assays. Some doubts remain about the validity of the assay results: The use of BSA was critical, since it is not unlikely that BSA “intercepted” the hydrophobic candidate compounds. The first strategy towards finding small-molecule dimerization inhibitors was reconsidered: In the second approach, the satisfaction of hydrogen bonding residues at the dimerization interface, was of major interest. Two pharmacophore models were employed, which retrieved several hundred hit molecules. However, docking of these molecules showed that still many hydrogen bonding groups of the protein remained unaddressed by the ligands. Eventually, after visual inspection, only eight molecules were selected as candidate compounds for further testing (results pending). This small “yield” underlines the difficulties in finding interface binders: The IN dimerization interface is a peculiar target with frequently alternating basic, acidic, and hydrophobic residues. It is not a well-ordered binding site with continuous hydrophobic areas and distinct hydrogen bond donors / acceptors. Other protein-protein interfaces show such well-ordered binding sites. Accordingly, the peculiarity of the IN dimerization interface, in addition to the delicate task of disrupting protein-protein interactions at all, makes the development of IN dimerization inhibitors very challenging. For MIP, the studies revealed two experimentally validated MIP inhibitors, which significantly reduce MIP enzymatic activity. To our knowledge, no small-molecule MIP inhibitor has been reported in the literature so far. A detailed analysis of the available structural data of MIP and a comparison to the human PPIase counterpart, FKBP12, pointed out a conformational diversity among the MIP structures and a crucial difference between the two PPIases, which could be traced to mainly one residue (Tyr109). The detailed comparison of FKBP12 and MIP complex structures made it possible to give an explanation, why a ketoacyl-substituted pipecoline derivative most probably does not bind to MIP, but a sulfone-substituted pipecoline derivative does bind to MIP. Knowledge of Legionella MIP inhibitors could be transferred also to other organisms (e.g. trypanosoms), where homologous MIP proteins are also pathological factors.
In this thesis eight robust and reliable LC-MS/MS methods were developed and validated to analyze atorvastatin, clopidogrel, furosemide, itraconazole, loratadine, naproxen, nisoldipine and sunitinib in human plasma. The active metabolites 2-hydroxyatorvastatin, 4-hydroxyatorvastatin, hydroxyitraconazole, descarboethoxy-loratadine, 4-hydroxynisoldipine and N-desethylsunitinib were also included in the corresponding methods. Due to the different physical, chemical and pharmacokinetic properties of the analytes a wide spectrum regarding sample preparation techniques, chromatography and mass spectrometric detection was covered. Protein precipitation methods were developed for furosemide, itraconazole, naproxen, nisoldipine and sunitinib. Liquid-liquid extraction methods were developed for atorvastatin, clopidogrel and loratadine. Criteria to choose protein precipitation or liquid-liquid extraction were the final plasma concentrations of the drugs, which are mainly dependant on the dose, bioavailability and t1/2 and of course cost-effectiveness. Altogether, the methods have a concentration range from 0.001 ng/mL (LLOQ of clopidogrel) to 50000 ng/mL (highest calibration point for naproxen), covering 5 x 107 orders of magnitude. The runtime of the methods ranged from 2 to 4 minutes, facilitating a high sample throughput. All developed methods were validated according to recent guidelines as they were used to analyze sampes from clinical trials. Excellent linearity, intra-day and inter-day precision and accuracy were observed in the validated calibration ranges. Hemolyzed, lipemic and different batches of human plasma as well as sample dilution did not affect the determiantion of the analytes. Clopidogrel, loratadine, nisoldipine and sunitinib and if available their metabolites were subjected to a matrix effect test, resulting in no influence of different batches of human plasma on the analytical methods. Noteworthy is clopidogrel that shows a slight effect on one of the two used mass spectrometers. However, that effect was reproducible and did therefore not affect clopidogrel determination. No evidence of instability during chromatography, extraction and sample storage processes for all analytes except 4-hydroxyatorvastatin was found, for which a significant decrease was observed after three months. During incurred sample reanalysis of study samples 95 % of the samples were within ±15 % with respect to the first analysis. Moreover, the atorvastatin, loratadine and clopidogrel method were compared on two generations of triple quadrupole mass spectrometers, the API 3000™ and the API 5000™. The new ion source and the changes in the ion path of the API 5000™ provided higher sensitivity, the extend depending on the substance. However, the API 3000™ had very good precision in the performed system comparison. The validated methods showed excellent performance and quality data during routine sample analysis of eight clinical trials. Moreover, they are suitable for high sample throughput due to their short run times.
The work presented in this thesis was mainly targeted at exploring the capabilities of evaporation based LC detectors as well as further alternatives for the control of impurities in substances not exhibiting a suitable chromophore for UV-detection. In the course of the work carried out, several new methods for the identification, impurities control and composition testing of APIs were elaborated. An evaporation based detector that entered into the field of pharmaceutical analysis in the recent years was the Evaporative Light Scattering Detector (ELSD). However, non-reproducible spikes were reported when injecting concentrated test solutions as they are usually required for the control of impurities. The reasons, for the appearance of these spikes as well as possibilities for their avoidance were explored in a systematic study. Moreover, the dependence of the detector sensitivity on different eluent composition, eluent flow-rate and ELSD settings was investigated. In the course of the revision of the Ph.Eur. monographs for aspartic acid and alanine, a C18 reversed phase ion-pair LC method using 1 mmol/L of perfluoroheptanoic acid as an ion-pair reagent and a charged aerosol detector (CAD) was developed and fully validated for the purity control of Asp. The method was capable of separating the organic acids and major amino acids known to occur as process related impurities. With a slight modification, the method was also applicable for the purity control of Ala. Based on the developed LC-CAD method for the impurity control of alanine, a comparative study of the performance characteristics of different evaporation based LC detectors, i.e. ELSD, CAD and the recently developed Nano Quantity Analyte Detector (NQAD) was carried out. Additionally, an MS detector and qNMR were included in this study. It was found that the control of impurities in Alanine at an ICH conform level could be ensured using LC coupled to CAD, MSD and NQAD detection as well as by the use of qNMR. In terms of performance, prize and ease of use CAD and NQAD were found to be the most suitable alternatives. In terms of repeatability and sensitivity, the CAD appeared slightly superior to the NQAD. The quality of streptomycin sulfate is not sufficiently controlled by the current Ph.Eur. monograph in that an appropriate test for the control of the related substances is missing. A study was carried out to develop a C18 reversed phase ion-pair LC method using pentafluoropropionic acid as an ion-pair reagent and a CAD for the identification and control of the related substances. The developed method allowed the separation of 21 impurities from streptomycin. Moreover, coupling of the method to MS allowed the identification of the separated impurities. The method was shown to be sufficiently sensitive to control the related substances with a disregard limit of 0.1% as it is normally applied in the Ph.Eur. for products derived from fermentation. Currently, the aescin content of horse-chestnut standardized dry extract is determined using a complex and laborious photometric determination. A more selective LC-UV assay determination for beta-aescin has been proposed for the Ph.Eur. draft monograph of horse-chestnut standardized dry extract. Possibilities were explored to further improve the LC-method using detection by CAD. It was demonstrated that by the use of a modified LC-CAD method several problems related to the differences in the UV-response of the various components contained in the active aescin fraction could be eliminated. Moreover the proposed reference standard strategy was reviewed. Eventually, it was demonstrated on the example of two different clusters of pharmacologically active peptides how low energy collision induced dissociation mass spectrometry (low energy CID-MS) can successfully be used for identification testing in pharmacopoeial monographs. In this respect, the combination of a direct confirmation of the molecular mass via the m/z-ratio of the molecule ions with structural sequence information obtained by low energy CID-MS experiments was found to deliver a higher degree of certainty of the identity of a given substance than the set of tests currently described in the monographs. A significant gain in efficiency and throughput and important reduction of the amount of sample consumed during testing were identified as being additional advantages of this approach. Taken together, it could be demonstrated on various examples how recent technological advancements in the field of analytical chemistry can contribute to improve the quality control of APIs.
Over the past decades, awareness has increased of multiple health-promoting effects of diets rich in anthocyanins and proanthocyanidins and, specifically, of these compounds’ potential for conferring neuroprotection. The present study compiles evidence obtained in vitro that expands our understanding of anthocyanin and proanthocyanidin functionalities at multiple levels. Firstly, anthocyanin and anthocyanidin bioavailability was addressed using a combination of ATPase assays, dye extrusion assays and vesicular transport assays. This approach highlights the contribution made by efflux transporters MDR1 and BCRP to the absorption of berry polyphenols and to their distribution to target tissues including the central nervous system. All test compounds interacted with the BCRP transporter in vitro, seven emerged as potential BCRP substrates and 12 as potential inhibitors of BCRP. Two anthocyanidins, malvidin and petunidin, exhibited bimodal activities, serving as BCRP substrates at low micromolar concentrations and, at higher concentrations, as BCRP inhibitors. Effects on MDR1, in contrast, were weak, as only aglycones exerted mild inhibitory activity in the high micromolar range. Distinct affinities of several anthocyanins and the respective aglycones for BCRP suggest that they may be actively transported out of endothelia. Agents that interfere with BCRP activity are therefore likely to facilitate crossing of the intestinal and blood-brain barriers and to augment anthocyanin bioavailability. Secondly, novel modes of action were sought to rationalize berry polyphenols’ direct modulation of neuronal transmission as opposed to their non-specific antioxidant activities. The candidate effectors include cellular monoamine oxidases (MAO) A and B, hypoxia inducible factor (HIF), the proteasome, and phospholipase A2 (PLA2). Elevated MAO activity has long been implicated in the etiology of depression, anxiety and neurodegenerative illness. MAO inhibiting compounds may thus hold promise in the prevention of behavioral symptoms and cognitive decline. For both MAO isoforms, inhibitory effects of anthocyanins and anthocyanidins are illustrated by IC50 values in the low micromolar range whereas proanthocyanidins and phenolic metabolites were less effective inhibitors. Kinetic analyses, performed with cyanidin and cyanidin-3-glucoside, indicated a competitive interaction of cyanidin in terms of MAO A, plus a mixed competitive and non-competitive mode of interaction of cyanidin in terms of MAO B as well as of cyanidin-3-glucoside with respect to both enzyme isoforms. Thus MAO inhibition by anthocyanins and their aglycones in vitro lends support to central nervous functionalities of diets rich in berry polyphenols and opens new opportunities in the prevention of neuronal pathologies. Effects on HIF expression were examined to assess candidate compounds’ role in enhancing cellular resistance to oxidative stress. By inducing a dose-dependent increase in HIF expression, delphinidin may initiate a variety of cellular survival processes that are inhibited by free iron. This finding argues in favor of iron-chelating properties as a further means of mediating neuroprotection. Other inducers of HIF expression in neuroblastoma cells included gallic acid, cyanidin and bilberry extract, all of which may modulate HIF-dependent transcription of downstream genes.
Marine sponges and their associated bacteria have been proven to be a rich source of novel secondary metabolites with therapeutic usefulness in infection and autoimmunity. This Ph.D. project aimed to isolate bioactive secondary metabolites from the marine sponges Amphimedon compressa, Aiolochroia crassa and Theonella swinhoei as well as from bacteria associated with different Caribbean sponges, specifically actinomycetes and sphingomonads. In this study, amphitoxin was isolated from the crude methanol extract of the sponge A. compressa and it was found to have antibacterial and anti-parasitic activities. Amphitoxin showed protease inhibitory activity when tested against the mammalian protease cathepsin B and the parasitic proteases rhodesain and falcipain-2. Furthermore, miraziridine A was identified in the dichloromethane extract of the sponge T. swinhoei collected offshore Israel in the Red Sea. Miraziridine A, a natural peptide isolated previously from the marine sponge Theonella aff. mirabilis, is a potent cathepsin B inhibitor with an IC50 value of 1.4 g/mL (2.1 M). Secondary metabolites from sponge-derived bacteria were also isolated and identified. A total of 79 strains belonging to 20 genera of the order Actinomycetales and seven strains belonging to two genera of the order Sphingomonadales were cultivated from 18 different Caribbean sponges and identified by 16S rRNA gene sequencing. Seven of these strains are likely to represent novel species. Crude extracts from selected strains were found to exhibit protease inhibition against cathepsins B and L, rhodesain, and falcipain-2 as well as immunomodulatory activities such as induction of cytokine release by human peripheral blood mononuclear cells. The isolates Sphingobium sp. CO105 and Lapillicoccus sp. BA53 were selected for cultivation, extraction and purification of bioactive metabolites based on initial bioactive screening results. The isoalloxazine isolumichrome was isolated from the strain Sphingobium sp. CO105 which inhibited the protease rhodesain with an IC50 of 0.2 M. The strain Lapillicoccus sp. BA53 was found to produce p-aminosalicylic acid methyl ester, which showed activity against the proteases cathepsins B and L, falcipain-2 and rhodesain. These results highlight the significance of marine sponge-associated bacteria to produce bioactive secondary metabolites with therapeutic potential in the treatment of infectious diseases and disorders of the immune system.
The high failure rate of new drug candidates in preclinical or clinical studies due to hepatotoxicity represents a considerable problem in the drug development. Hence, there is an urgent need to develop new approaches for early and reliable prediction of drug-induced hepatotoxicity that enables a better identification of drug candidates with high potential for toxicity at early stages of drug development. Therefore, the aim of this work was to improve the prediction of drug-induced liver injury in preclinical studies through evaluation of more reliable and sensitive biomarkers of hepatotoxicity and a better understanding of the underlying mechanistic basis for drug-induced toxicity. First, the ability of a set of potential markers (NGAL, thiostatin, clusterin, PON1) to detect early signs of liver injury was assessed in rats treated with drug candidates that were dropped from further development, in part due to toxic adverse effects in the liver. In summary, PON1 and clusterin were not consistently altered in response to liver injury and thus provide no additive information to the traditional liver enzymes in detecting drug-induced hepatotoxicity. In contrast, thiostatin and NGAL were increased in serum and urine of treated animals in a time- and dose-dependent manner. These changes correlated well with mRNA expression in the target organ and generally reflected the onset and degree of drug-induced liver injury. Receiver-operating characteristics analyses supported serum thiostatin, but not NGAL, as a better indicator of drug-induced hepatobiliary injury than conventional clinical chemistry parameters, such as ALP, ALT and AST. Although thiostatin, an acute phase protein expressed in a range of tissues, may not be specific for liver injury, our results indicate that thiostatin may serve as a sensitive, minimally-invasive diagnostic marker of inflammation and tissue damage in preclinical safety assessment. In the second part of this work, combined application of genomics profiling technology and RNAi to inhibit the pharmacological target of a drug candidate BAY16, a glucagon receptor (GCGR) antagonist, was used to determine if interference with the pharmacological target plays a role in the toxic response to BAY16, and to narrow down those molecular changes that are associated with toxicity, and not the pharmacological action of BAY16. In contrast to Bay 16, which was found to be cytotoxic at concentrations of 75 µM, silencing of the glucagon receptor did not affect cell viability in primary rat hepatocytes. Thus, it can be concluded that hepatotoxicity of Bay 16 was not related to the drugs inhibitory effect on the glucagon receptor in vitro and in vivo. These findings were supported by the fact that most of BAY16-induced changes in gene expression occurred independently of the pharmacological modulation of GCGR. These off-target effects include altered xenobiotic metabolism, oxidative stress, increased fatty acid synthesis, and alterations in cholesterol and bile acid metabolic processes. Although it was not possible to draw a final conclusion about the mechanism of BAY16 hepatotoxicity, changes in these molecular mechanisms appear contribute to progression of hepatic injury. With regard to drug safety assessment in preclinical studies, the utilization of siRNA technology in vitro represents a new approach to improve mechanistic understanding of the nature of drug’s toxicity, being either chemically mediated or due to primary or secondary pharmacological mode of action.
The novel refrigerant 2,3,3,3‐tetrafluoropropene (HFO‐1234yf) as well as the novel foam blowing and precision cleaning agent trans‐1‐chloro‐3,3,3‐trifluoropropene (trans‐HCFO‐1233zd) are both chlorofluorocarbon replacements with low GWPs and a short atmospheric life time. Whereas the hydrofluoroolefin HFO‐1234yf has no negative effect on stratospheric ozone due to the lack of chlorine in its structure, the hydrochlorofluoroolefine trans‐HCFO‐1233zd exhibits a very low potential for ozone depletion (ODP). This is approximately 100 times lower than the ozone depletion potential of precursor compounds such as 1,1,2‐trichloro‐1,2,2‐trifluoroethane (CFC‐113). Principle aims of this thesis were to investigate the unknown metabolism of the new solvent trans‐HCFO‐1233zd and to further investigate a possible biotransformation based toxicity of HFO‐1234yf observed in rabbits. Therefore study specimens of different in vitro and in vivo studies with trans‐HCFO‐1233zd and HFO‐1234yf were analyzed for metabolites using 19FNMR spectroscopy, LC‐MS/MS spectrometry and GC/MS spectrometry. Metabolites were identified by comparison with purchased or synthesized standard substances. Excretion kinetics of the predominant metabolites were determined by LC‐MS/MS quantification,inorganic fluoride was determined by potentiometry. Moreover cytochrome P‐450 2E1 and 3A4 liver enzyme activities were measured in a multi‐exposure study with HFO‐1234yf. ...
Whereas most currently used antibiotics act by interfering with essential bacterial processes, a smaller group of antibacterials disturbs the integrity of the cell membrane. Since fatty acids are a vital component of membrane phospholipids, the type-II fatty acid biosynthesis pathway (FAS-II) of bacteria constitutes a promising drug target. The front-line anti-tuberculosis prodrug isoniazid blocks the FAS-II pathway in M. tuberculosis thereby leading to morphological changes and finally to cell lysis. When it became evident that the enoyl-ACP reductase in the FAS-II pathway is the target of the activated isoniazid, several programs were initiated to develop novel inhibitors directed against this protein in different pathogens. The S. aureus enoyl-ACP reductase (saFabI) is of particular interest since three promising drug candidates inhibiting this homologue have reached clinical trials. However, despite these prospects, no crystal structures of saFabI were publicly available at the time the present work was initiated. Thus, one major goal of this thesis was the generation of high-resolution atomic models by means of X-ray crystallography. The development of a highly reproducible approach to co-crystallize saFabI in complex with NADP+ and diphenyl ether-based inhibitors led to crystal structures of 17 different ternary complexes. Additional crystallographic experiments permitted the view into two apo-structures and two atomic models of saFabI in complex with NADPH and 2-pyridone inhibitors. Based on the established saFabI structure, molecular dynamics (MD) simulations were performed to improve our understanding of the conformational mobility of this protein. Taken together, these investigations of the saFabI structure and its flexibility served as an ideal platform to address important questions surrounding substrate and inhibitor recognition by this enzyme. Intriguingly, our saFabI structures provide several vastly different snapshots along the reaction coordinate of ligand binding and hydride transfer, including the closure of the flexible substrate binding loop (SBL). The extraordinary mobility of saFabI was confirmed by MD simulations suggesting that conformational motions indeed play a pivotal role during substrate delivery and turnover. A water chain linking the active site with a water-basin inside the homo-tetrameric enzyme was found likely to be crucial for the closure and opening of the SBL and, thus, for the catalyzed reaction. Notably, the induced-fit ligand binding process involves a dimer-tetramer transition, which could be related to the observed positive cooperativity of cofactor and substrate binding. Overall, saFabI displays several unique characteristics compared to FabI proteins from other organisms that might be necessary for the synthesis of branched-chain fatty acids, which in turn are required for S. aureus fitness in vivo. This finding may explain why S. aureus is sensitive to FAS-II inhibitors even in the presence of exogenous fatty acids. Accordingly, saFabI remains a valid drug target and our structures can be used as a molecular basis for rational drug design efforts. In fact, binding affinity trends of diphenyl ether inhibitors and, more importantly, the correlated residence times could be rationalized at the molecular level. Furthermore, the structure of saFabI in complex with the 2-pyridone inhibitor CG400549 revealed unique interactions in the wider binding crevice of saFabI compared to other FabI homologues explaining the narrow activity spectrum of this clinical candidate with proven human efficacy. In summary, these studies provide an ideal platform for the development of new, effective saFabI inhibitors as exemplified by the promising 4-pyridone PT166. In the context of this dissertation, crystal structures of the condensing enzyme KasA in complex with several analogs of the naturally occurring inhibitor thiolactomycin have been solved.
In food and pharmaceutical analysis, the classical indices peroxide value (PV), acid value (AV) and p-anisidine value (ANV) still play an important role as quality and authenticity control parameters of fats and oils. These indices are sum parameters for certain deterioration products (PV for hydroperoxides, AV for free fatty acids, ANV for aldehydes) and are obtained using volumetric or UV/VIS spectroscopic analytical approaches. 1H NMR spectroscopy provides a fast and simple alternative to these classical approaches. In the present work, novel 1H NMR methods to determine hydroperoxides, free fatty acids and aldehydes in fats and oils were developed.
Hydroperoxides:
The influence of solvent, water, free fatty acids and sample weight on the hydroperoxide group proton (OOH) signal was investigated. On the basis of the obtained results, the sample preparation procedure of the new 1H NMR method was established. A rough assignment of the hydroperoxide group signals in edible fats and oils to methyl oleate, methyl linoleate and methyl linolenate was conducted. Furthermore, to gain information on how many different hydroperoxide species originate from trioleate autoxidation, a kinetic study on trioleate monohydroperoxides was performed. The evaluation of the data strongly indicates that all of the conceivable 18 trioleate monohydroperoxides were formed during trioleate autoxidation. The analytical performance of the NMR method was compared to that of the classical PV approach by means of the so-called “relative sensitivity” according to Mandel. It was shown that both methods exhibit a similar analytical performance. A total of 444 edible oil samples were analysed using both methods. For some oil varieties considerable discrepancies were found between the results. In the case of black seed oil and olive oil two substances were identified that influence the classical PV determination and thus cause positive (black seed oil) and negative (olive oil) deviations from the theoretical PV expected from the NMR values.
Free fatty acids:
In order to find the optimal solvent mixture to measure the carboxyl group protons (COOH) of free fatty acids in fats and oils, the effect of solvent on the COOH signal was investigated for different mixtures of CDCl3 and DMSO-d6. The comparison of the NMR method with the classical AV method by means of the relative sensitivity revealed that both methods exhibit a similar analytical performance. 420 edible oil samples were analysed by both approaches. Except for pumpkin seed oil, where slight deviations were observed, there was a good compliance between the results obtained from the two methods. Furthermore, the applicability of the 1H NMR assay to further lipids with relevance in pharmacy was tested. For hard fat, castor oil, waxes and oleyl oleate modifications of the original sample preparation procedure of the NMR method were necessary to achieve comparable results for both methods.
Aldehydes:
The new 1H NMR method enables the determination of the molar amounts of n-alkanals, (E)-2-alkenals and (E,E)-2,4-alkadienals. It was illustrated that the ANV can be modelled as a linear combination of the NMR integrals of these aldehyde species. A functional relationship was derived on the basis In conclusion, the new 1H NMR methods provide an excellent alternative to of calibration experiments. The suitability of the model was shown by comparing the NMR-determined ANVs with the measured classical ANVs of 79 commercially available edible oils of different oil types.
In conclusion, the new 1H NMR methods provide an excellent alternative to the determination of the classical indices PV, AV and ANV. They have several advantages over the classical methods including the consumption of small solvent amounts, the ability to automatize measurement and to acquire several different parameters out of the same NMR spectrum. Especially concerning their selectivity, the 1H NMR methods are highly superior to the classical methods.
Each year millions of plastic and reconstructive procedures are performed to regenerate soft tissue defects after, for example, traumata, deep burns or tumor resections. Tissue engineered adipose tissue grafts are a promising alternative to autologous fat transfer or synthetic implants to meet this demand for adipose tissue. Strategies of tissue engineering, especially the use of cell carriers, provide an environment for better cell survival, an easier positioning and supplemented with the appropriate conditions a faster vascularization in vivo. To successfully engineer an adipose tissue substitute for clinical use, it is crucial to know the actual intended application. In some areas, like the upper and lower extremities, only a thin subcutaneous fat layer is needed and in others, large volumes of vascularized fat grafts are more desirable. The use and interplay of stem cells and selected scaffolds were investigated and provide now a basis for the generation of fitted and suitable substitutes in two different application areas.
Complex injuries of the upper and lower extremities, in many cases, lead to excessive scarring. Due to severe damage to the subcutaneous fat layer, a common sequela is adhesion formation to mobile structures like tendons, nerves, and blood vessels resulting in restricted motion and disabling pain [Moor 1996, McHugh 1997]. In order to generate a subcutaneous fat layer to cushion scarred tissue after substantial burns or injuries, different collagen matrices were tested for clinical handling and the ability to support adipogenesis. When testing five different collagen matrices, PermacolTM and StratticeTM showed promising characteristics; additionally both possess the clinical approval. Under culture conditions, only PermacolTM, a cross-linked collagen matrix, exhibited an excellent long-term stability. Ranking nearly on the same level was StratticeTM, a non-cross-linked dermal scaffold; it only exhibited a slight shrinkage. All other scaffolds tested were severely compromised in stability under culture conditions. Engineering a subcutaneous fat layer, a construct would be desirable with a thin layer of emerging fat for cushioning on one side, and a non-seeded other side for cell migration and host integration. With PermacolTM and StratticeTM, it was possible to produce constructs with ASC (adipose derived stem cells) seeded on one side, which could be adipogenically differentiated. Additionally, the thickness of the cell layer could be varied. Thereby, it becomes possible to adjust the thickness of the construct to the surrounding tissue. In order to reduce the pre-implantation time ex vivo and the costs, the culture time was varied by testing different induction protocols. An adipogenic induction period of only four days was demonstrated to be sufficient to obtain a substantial adipogenic differentiation of the applied ASC. Thus, seeded with ASC, PermacolTM and StratticeTM are suitable scaffolds to engineer subcutaneous fat layers for reconstruction of the upper and lower extremities, as they support adipogenesis and are appropriately thin, and therefore would not compromise the cosmesis.
For the engineering of large-volume adipose tissue, adequate vascularization still represents a major challenge. With the objective to engineer vascularized fat pads, it is important to consider the slow kinetics of revascularization in vivo. Therefore, a decellularized porcine jejunum with pre-existing vascular structures and pedicles to connect to the host vasculature or the circulation of a bioreactor system was used. In a first step, the ability of a small decellularized jejunal section was tested for cell adhesion and for supporting adipogenic differentiation of hASC mono-cultures. Cell adhesion and adipogenic maturation of ASC seeded on the jejunal material was verified through histological and molecular analysis. After the successful mono-culture, the goal was to establish a MVEC (microvascular endothelial cells) and ASC co-culture; suitable culture conditions had to be found, which support the viability of both cell types and do not interfere with the adipogenic differentiation. After the elimination of EGF (epidermal growth factor) from the co-culture medium, substantial adipogenic maturation was observed. In the next step, a large jejunal segment (length 8 cm), with its pre-existing vascular structures and arterial/venous pedicles, was connected to the supply system of a custom-made bioreactor. After successful reseeding the vascular structure with endothelial cells, the lumen was seeded with ASC which were then adipogenically induced. Histological and molecular examinations confirmed adipogenic maturation and the existence of seeded vessels within the engineered construct. Noteworthily, a co-localization of adipogenically differentiating ASC and endothelial cells in vascular networks could be observed. So, for the first time a vascularized fat construct was developed in vitro, based on the use of a decellularized porcine jejunum. As this engineered construct can be connected to a supply system or even to a patient vasculature, it is versatile in use, for example, as transplant in plastic and reconstruction surgery, as model in basic research or as an in vitro drug testing system.
To summarize, in this work a promising substitute for subcutaneous fat layer reconstruction, in the upper and lower extremities, was developed, and the first, as far as reported, in vitro generated adipose tissue construct with integrated vascular networks was successfully engineered.
Development and validation of LC-MS/MS methods to determine PK/PD parameters of anti-infectives
(2014)
In the present thesis the development and validation of bioanalytical LC-MS/MS methods for the quantification of erythromycin A, erythromycin ethylsuccinate, roxithromycin, clarithromycin, 14 hydroxy clarithromycin, flucloxacillin, piperacillin and moxifloxacin in human plasma and human urine (piperacillin) is introduced. All methods were applied to analyze human plasma and urine samples from clinical trials and therefore, have been validated according to international guidelines. The methods were reliable in these studies and fulfilled all regulatory requirements known at the time of the study conduct.
Moreover, the validation data of the macrolides were compared on three different mass spectrometers (API III Plus, API 3000™, API 5000™). The new innovations in the ion source (horizontal versus vertical electrospray), the ionpath (skimmer, QJet) and the diameter of the orifice resulted in better sensitivity and a larger linearity range for the majority of the analytes. Sensitivity was improved up to a factor of 12 (for clarithromycin) between API III Plus to API 3000™ and up to a factor of 8 (for erythromycin and roxithromycin) between API 3000™ and API 5000™, keeping the accuracy and precision data at about the same level. The high sensitivity was a benefit for example for the flucloxacillin study, because concentrations from all subject samples were detectable up to approximately eight half-lives, i.e. no concentrations needed to be reported below the quantification limit. Also the linearity range were extended from two orders of magnitude to up to four orders of magnitude, which increases the likelihood to allow to analyze all samples from a pharmacokinetic study in the same run.
This is especially useful if a large concentration range needs to be analysed, for example, if the method shall be applied in an ascending dose study. Then, all low concentrations from the beginning of the study can be determined, as well as all high concentrations, without the need to dilute and analyse single samples repeatedly.
The pharmacokinetic data were compared to previously reported literature data and correlated graphically with MIC values of popular microorganisms which might be a starting point for further PK/PD investigations.
The PK/PD theory is a very helpful tool for prediction of the efficacy of given drugs against certain micro-organisms. Depending on the pharmacodynamic processes, e. g. the mode of action, three classes of drugs have been identified.
In the same way this applies to adverse effects, which need to be minimised by reducing plasma concentrations. These coherences are not well-investigated, yet, and are not discussed further in this thesis.
Still, a lot of research has to be done in this interdisciplinary field to minimise uncertainty in single values, like an AUC/MIC. These include:
Improve accuracy and precision of bioanalytical methods determining total and free concentration data in biological matrices for calculation of AUC and Cmax
These parameters are related to the MIC in pharmacodynamic considerations. Since the determination of the MIC often underlies significant variations and also differences between microbiological laboratories, the determination of concentrations of anti-infectives is particular important, being achievable by scientific exact techniques. Finally, from the volume of distribution of antibiotics can be used to derive information about intracellular concentrations and effectivity of antiinfectives.
The female sex hormone 17beta-estradiol, produced naturally in the body, seems to play an important role in the development of breast cancer, since (i) it can be activated to reactive metabolites, which are known to damage DNA and (ii) the stimulation of the estrogen receptor alpha by 17beta-estradiol enhances cell proliferation. Both processes together increase mutation frequency and subsequently lead to transformation of epithelial cells. Therefore, the aim of this work was to characterize the influence of polymorphisms and lifestyle factors on 17beta-estradiol metabolism in normal mammary gland tissue. [...]
In sum, the tissue specific 17beta-estradiol metabolism was described in mammary gland tissue homogenate, whereas differences in proliferation of epithelial cells were only reflected in isolated epithelial cells. Factors associated with breast cancer risk (age, BMI and age-related changes in mammary gland morphology) were shown to affect 17beta-estradiol tissue levels.
The 17beta-estradiol mediated genotoxicity was evaluated using bioinformatically calculated
DNA adduct fluxes, which were predominately influenced by individual mRNA patterns rather than individual genotypes and (DNA adduct fluxes) were correlated with known breast cancer risk factors (age, parity, BMI and polymorphism of glutathione-S-transferase theta 1).
The Corona® charged aerosol detector (CAD) is an aerosol-based detector first de-scribed by Dixon and Peterson in 2002. It is capable of detecting compounds inde-pendent from their physico-chemical properties presumed the analyte is sufficiently non-volatile. Consequently, the CAD is often applied to the analysis of substances that do not possess a suitable UV chromophore. Major drawbacks are however, the detector signal is non-linear and depending on the content of organic solvent in the mobile phase.
This thesis tried to explore possible applications of the CAD for pharmaceutical analysis. Therefore, several substances from different compound classes were in-vestigated. Newly developed or existing methods were validated. Thus the perfor-mance of the CAD could be examined. Both assay and impurity determination were evaluated for their compliance with ICH Q2(R1) “Validation of Analytical Proce-dures” and the “Technical Guide for the Elaboration of Monographs”.
In the course of the establishment of reference substances at the EDQM, a generic screening method for the identification of organic and inorganic pharmaceutical counterions was needed. An HPLC-CAD method developed by Zhang et al. was therefore investigated for its suitability for pharmacopoeial purpose. Method valida-tion was performed. It was found that 23 ions could be separated and detected. Iden-tification was achieved via retention time of an authentic standard of the corre-sponding ions. Alternatively, peak assignment was performed by determination of the exact mass using TOF-MS. Ions could be quantified as impurities or for stoichi-ometric purpose.
For the impurity control in topiramate, the performance characterstics of the CAD were compared to that of an ELSD. CAD was superior to ELSD in terms of repeata-bility, sensitivity and linearity. However, impurities could be quantified with satisfac-tory accuracy with both detectors. The application of the ELSD was not feasible due to non-reproducible spike peaks eluting after the principle peak in the chromatogram of the test solution. One of the impurities, topiramate impurity A (diacetonide), gave no or a vastly diminished signal in the ELSD and the CAD, respectively. It is evapo-rated during the detection process due to its relatively high vapor pressure. The re-sponse could be enhanced by a factor of nine via post-column addition of acetoni-trile and a lower nebulizer temperature. As the response of topiramate impurity A was still about thousand-fold lower than the response of all other impurities, its quantification was not feasible. Additionally, the HPLC-CAD was successfully vali-dated as an assay procedure for topiramate.
There seems to be a great potential in the application of the CAD to the analysis of excipients as most compounds do not possess a suitable UV chromophore. Here, a simple and rapid HPLC-CAD method for the determination of polidocanol (PD) was developed. The method was successfully validated as a potential assay procedure for the Ph. Eur. as none is described in either of the two PD monographs. The same method was applied to the determination of the PD release from a pharmaceutical polymer matrix.
A method for the determination of the fatty acid (FA) composition of polysorbate 80 (PS80) was developed and validated. Using the CAD and mass spectrometry, we were able to identify two new FAs in 16 batches from four manufacturers. All batch-es complied with pharmacopoeial specification. Furthermore, the overall composi-tion of the different PS80 species (“fingerprinting”) and the peroxide content were determined. In addition to the chemical characterization, functionality related charac-teristics (FRCs) were determined. Correlations between chemical composition and FRCs were found.
The validation data of the above mentioned methods suggests that the CAD repre-sents a viable detection technique for pharmaceutical analysis. The CAD was suffi-ciently sensitive for non-volatile analytes. Impurity control down to concentrations of 0.05 or 0.03%, as demanded by ICH Q3A (R2), is achievable. However, the response of semi-volatile compounds may be drastically diminished. It could be confirmed that the response of the CAD is linear when the range does not exceed two orders of magnitude. Exceptions may be observed depending on the actual method setup. When the measuring range is sufficiently narrow, quantification can be done using single-point calibration which is common practice in pharmaceutical anlysis. Impuri-ties may also be quantified against a single calibration solution. However, correction factors may be needed and the accuracy is considerably lower compared to an as-say method. If a compound is to be quantified over a large concentration range, log-log transformation of the calibration curve is needed and a decreased accuracy has to be accepted.
SUMMARY
Insulin-like growth factor I (IGF-I) is a polypeptide with a molecular weight of 7.649 kDa and an anabolic potential. Thereby, IGF-I has a promising therapeutic value e.g. in muscle wasting diseases such as sarcopenia. IGF-I is mainly secreted by the liver in response to growth hormone (GH) stimulation and is rather ubiquitously found within all tissues. The effects of IGF-I are mediated by its respective IGF-I transmembrane tyrosine kinase receptor triggering the stimulation of protein synthesis, glucose uptake and the regulation of cell growth. The actions of IGF-I are modulated by six IGF binding proteins binding and transporting IGF-I in a binary or ternary complex to tissues and receptors and modulating the binding of IGF-I to its receptor. The nature of the formed complexes impacts IGF-I`s half-life, modulating the half-life between 10 minutes (free IGF-I) to 12 - 15 hours when presented in a ternary complex with IGF binding protein 3 and an acid labile subunit (ALS). Therefore, sustained drug delivery systems of free IGF-I are superficially seen as interesting for the development of controlled release profiles, as the rate of absorption is apparently and easily set slower by simple formulation as compared to the rapid rate of elimination. Thereby, one would conclude, the formulation scientist can rapidly develop systems for which the pharmacokinetics of IGF-I are dominated by the formulation release kinetics. However, the in vivo situation is more complex and as mentioned (vide supra), the half-life may easily be prolonged up to hours providing proper IGF-I complexation takes place upon systemic uptake. These and other aspects are reviewed in Chapter I, within which we introduce IGF-I as a promising therapeutic agent detailing its structure and involved receptors along with the resulting signaling pathways. We summarize the control of IGF-I pharmacokinetics in nature within the context of its complex system of 6 binding proteins to control half-life and tissue distribution. Furthermore, we describe IGF-I variants with modulated properties in vivo and originated from alternative splicing. These insights were translated into sophisticated IGF-I delivery systems for therapeutic use. Aside from safety aspects, the challenges and requirements of an effective IGF-I therapy are discussed. Localized and systemic IGF-I delivery strategies, different routes of administration as well as liquid and solid IGF-I formulations are reviewed. Effective targeting of IGF-I by protein decoration is outlined and consequently this chapter provides an interesting guidance for successful IGF-I-delivery. In Chapter II, we firstly outline the stability of IGF-I in liquid formulations with the intention to deliver the biologic through the lung and the impact of buffer type, sodium chloride concentration and pH value on IGF-I stability is presented. IGF-I integrity was preserved in histidine buffer over 4 months at room temperature, but methionine 59 oxidation (Met(o)) along with reducible dimer and trimer formation was observed in an acidic environment (pH 4.5) and using acetate buffer. Strong aggregation resulted in a complete loss of IGF-I bioactivity, whereas the potency was partly maintained in samples showing a slight aggregation and complete IGF-I oxidation. Atomization by air-jet or vibrating-mesh nebulizers yielded in limited Met(o) formation and no aggregation. The results of IGF-I nebulization experiments regarding aerosol output rate, mass median aerodynamic diameter and fine particle fraction were comparable with 0.9% sodium chloride reference, approving the applicability of liquid IGF-I formulations for pulmonary delivery. In Chapter III we escalated the development to solid delivery systems designed for alveolar landing upon inhalation and by deploying trehalose and the newly introduced for pulmonary application silk-fibroin as carriers. Microparticles were produced using nano spray drying following analyses including IGF-I integrity, IGF-I release profiles and aerodynamic properties. In vitro transport kinetics of IGF-I across pulmonary Calu-3 epithelia were suggesting similar permeability as compared to IGF-I’s cognate protein, insulin that has already been successfully administered pulmonary in clinical settings. These in vivo results were translated to an ex vivo human lung lobe model. This work showed the feasibility of pulmonary IGF-I delivery and the advantageous diversification of excipients for pulmonary formulations using silk-fibroin. Chapter IV focuses on an innovative strategy for safe and controllable IGF-I delivery. In that chapter we escalated the development to novel IGF-I analogues. The intention was to provide a versatile biologic into which galenical properties can be engineered through chemical synthesis, e.g. by site directed coupling of polymers to IGF-I. For this purpose we genetically engineered two IGF-I variants containing an unnatural amino acid at two positions, respectively, thereby integrating alkyne functions into the primary sequence of the protein. These allowed linking IGF-I with other molecules in a site specific manner, i.e. via a copper catalyzed azide-alkyne Huisgen cycloaddition (click reaction). In this chapter we mainly introduce the two IGF-I variants, detail the delivery concept and describe the optimization of the expression conditions of the IGF-I variants.
In conclusion, we span from simple liquid formulations for aerolization through solid systems for tailored for maximal alveolar landing to novel engineered IGF-I analogues. Thereby, three strategies for advanced IGF-I delivery were addressed and opportunities and limitations of each were outlined. Evidence was provided that sufficiently stable and easy to manufacture formulations can be developed as typically required for first in man studies. Interestingly, solid systems – typically introduced in later stages of pharmaceutical development – were quite promising. By use of silk-fibroin as a new IGF-I carrier for pulmonary administration, a new application was established for this excipient. The demonstrated success using the ex vivo human lung lobe model provided substantial confidence that pulmonary IGF-I delivery is possible in man. Finally, this work describes the expression of two IGF-I variants containing two unnatural amino acids to implement an innovative strategy for IGF-I delivery. This genetic engineering approach was providing the fundament for novel IGF-I analogues. Ideally, the biologic is structurally modified by covalently linked moieties for the control of pharmacokinetics or for targeted delivery, e.g. into sarcopenic muscles. One future scenario is dicussed in the ‘conclusion and outlook’ section for which IGF-I is tagged to a protease sensitive linker peptide and this linker peptide in return is coupled to a polyethylenglykole (PEG) polymer (required to prolong the half-life). Some proteases may serve as proxy for sarcopenia such that protease upregulation in compromised muscle tissues drives cleavage of IGF-I from the PEG. Thereby, IGF-I is released at the seat of the disease while systemic side effects are minimized.
Lattice forces are based on the attraction between the single moieties of molecules. The strength of lattice forces has an impact on the solid state and related physical properties such as melting point, boiling point, vapor pressure solvation and solubility. For solvation to occur, energy is required to break the lattice forces attracting ions and molecules among themselves. The energy for breaking up the attraction between the molecules is gained from the energy released when ions or molecules of the lattice associate with molecules of the solvent. Solubility is therefore, directly linked to the energy which is required to break the lattice forces and the energy which is liberated by solvation of the molecules or ions. Based on this relation, the lattice forces in two acidic compounds and a neutral compound were subsequently lowered by different approaches with the intention to increase the solubility, supersaturation, and dissolution rate.
The conversion to an ionic liquid and the embedding of the compound in a pH-sensitive matrix in an amorphous state were investigated with an acidic compound and its pro-drug. The tetrabutylphosphonium (TBPH) salt showed the most promising properties among the tested counter ions. It alters the properties of the compound from a highly crystalline physicochemical state to an amorphous readily soluble material showing supersaturation in a wider pH range and higher solubility than the sodium and potassium salts. A solid dispersion approach was developed in parallel. Solid dispersions with two different pH-sensitive polymers and different drug load were prepared by lyophilization to determine the miscibility of the compound and the polymer by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC). A miscibility of 50% of the amorphous acid with the pH-sensitive Eudragit L100-55 matrix and a miscibility of 40% with hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate (HPMC-AS) was found. Both approaches, the TBPH salt and the solid dispersion based on the pH-sensitive Eudragit L100-55 were tested in vivo. The TBPH salt was dosed in a buffered solution to prevent precipitation in the acidic stomach pH. This resulted in BAV higher than the crystalline suspension but lower than the solid dispersion. There were no acute toxicology effects seen. Thus, TBPH was considered safe for further studies. The TBPH salts were very hygroscopic, sticky and prone to precipitation as free compound when exposed to low pH when simulating the passage through the stomach. Thus, the principle of the ionic liquid was combined with the principle of an amorphous solid dispersion. This mitigated the risk of precipitation of the TBPH salt during the passage of the stomach. Also delinquency upon open storage was improved by embedding the TBPH salt in a pH-sensitive polymer. Dissolution tests mimicking the pH gradient in the gastro intestinal tract confirmed the protective properties of the pH-sensitive polymer matrices against recrystallization at low stomach pH in vitro. Furthermore, supersaturation at pH ranges relevant in the intestines of preclinical species or humans was observed. The TBPH solid dispersion showed superior supersaturation behavior in vitro compared to the free acid in pH-sensitive matrix. However, equally increased bioavailability (BAV) was observed when the amorphous solid dispersion contained the free acid form or the TBPH salt. Absorption seemed to be so fast that the short in vitro supersaturation observed for the free from in pH-sensitive matrix was already sufficient for complete absorption within 15 - 30 minutes. This is in accordance with the short tmax of around 15 - 30 minutes after oral application of the low lattice force principles. The pharmacokinetic (PK) profile became the main focus of further optimization as the BAV was maximized already. Early maximal plasma concentration (tmax) went along with high maximal plasma concentration (Cmax) for the low lattice force principles. Central nervous system related side effects as consequence of the PK profile with such a high Cmax were likely to happen and therefore, the formulation principles were modified to maintain the doubled BAV and reduce the observed Cmax. Additionally, the compound showed a short half-life requiring a two times daily dose, which is suboptimal for a chronic treatment. The amorphous acid in pH-matrix showed a modified PK profile when dosed in a hydrogel but not in an oleo gel. Surprisingly, administration of the TBPH salt in pH-matrix suspended in oil showed a massive delay of the tmax to 8 hours and a reduction of Cmax by factor 2 - 3 with unchanged good BAV when administered as a suspension in oil without increased viscosity. TBPH salt solution with a high viscosity resulted in the same PK profile as when administered without increased viscosity.
The animal model was changed from rat to dog. The dose was limited to 15 mg/dog since they reacted much more sensitively to the drug. BAV at this dose level was 100% for the crystalline suspension already, thus the focus of this study was not increasing BAV but to achieve prolonged and/or delayed exposure using different formulation principles elaborated in rats before. An immediate release formulation of 3 mg was combined with a delayed/modified release principle containing 12 mg of the compound. An additional study arm was conducted with a remote controlled device programmed to deliver a first dose of 3 mg instantaneously after passing the stomach and a second dose of 12 mg when entering the caecum. The tmax remained short for all formulation principles and it seemed that delayed and modified release lead to BAV reduction. The modified PK profiles could not be translated to an oral dog model which endorsed the hypothesis of an absorption window; however, the in vitro results could be translated to a dog model for colonic absorption. A nanosuspension of the crystalline compound, the TBPH salt in pH-matrix and the TBPH salt of the pro-drug of the compound were administered rectally to determine colonic absorption. The nanosuspension showed exposure around the limit of quantification whereas the TBPH in pH-matrix showed 4% BAV and the pro-drug as TBPH salt in pH-matrix resulted in 12% BAV although the pro-drug is factor 3 less soluble. This was in line with the increased permeation of the pro-drug which was observed in the Caco2 experiments. The bioavailability was increased by using the low lattice force principles and validated the hypothesis for the acidic drug and its pro-drug in the colonic dog model. Chemical and physicochemical stability of the investigated solid dispersions was confirmed for at least 18 months at room temperature.
Amorphous solid dispersions were investigated to lower lattice forces of a neutral molecule. Solid dispersions are well known from literature; however, they are not frequently used as principles for dosage forms due to limitations in physical stability and complex manufacturing processes. A viable formulation principle was developed for a neutral compound assuming that the stability of a solid dispersion with a drug load below the maximal miscibility will be better than one which exceeds the maximal miscibility. The dispersed and amorphous state of the neutral compound resulted in a higher energy level and chemical potential compared to a crystalline form implying that they are thermodynamically instable and sensitive to recrystallization. This was confirmed by the fast recrystallization of an amorphous solid dispersion made from HPMC with 50% drug load which recrystallized within a few days. Solid dispersions with different drug loads in different polymers and in polymer mixtures were prepared by lyophilization. The miscibility of the compound and the polymer was determined by DSC as the miscibility is a surrogate for maximal stable drugload of the solid dispersion. HPMC was found to be miscible with 20% compound confirming the instability of the 50% HPMC solid dispersion observed earlier. Based on dosing needs, a miscibility/drug load of at least 30% was mandatory because of the dosing requirements to dose less than 1500 mg of final formulation. This was considered as maximal swallowable volume for later clinical development. Thus, all systems with a miscibility higher or equal to 30% drug in polymer were evaluated in an in vitro dissolution test and ranked in comparison with amorphous pure compound, crystalline compound and a 20% drug load solid dispersion made from HPMC. The HPMC based solid dispersion which gave good exposure in previous in vivo experiments did not support the high drugload that was needed. Therefore, similar in vitro behavior of this solid dispersion should result in similar in vivo performance. The polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) based solid dispersions scored with high drug load and medium initial kinetic solubility. The Soluplus based solid dispersion offer lower drug load and slightly lower initial kinetic solubility, but showed an extended supersaturation. The 4 best performing systems were evaluated in rats. They resulted in a short Tmax of 15 minutes and BAV higher than 85% indicating fast and complete absorption. The reference HPMC based solid dispersion with a drug load of 20% showed 65% BAV. This showed that higher drug loads were feasible and did not limit absorption in this animal model.
Since the estimated human dose required a higher formulation density than obtained from lyophilization or spray drying, melt extrusion of the solid dispersion was considered to be the most adequate technology. The process temperature needed to be below 200 °C as this value represents the degradation temperature of the polymers. It was investigated by differential scanning calorimetry whether the compound can be mixed with the molten polymer. None of the polymers could dissolve the crystalline compound below the degradation point of the polymer. The temperature had to be increased to 260 °C until the compound was molten together to a monophasic system with polymer. This resulted in degradation of the polymers. Therefore, different plasticizers and small organic molecules with similar functional groups as the compound were investigated on their ability to reduce the melting point of the mixture of polymer and compound. Positive results were obtained with several small molecules. Based on a literature review, nicotinamide had the least concerning pharmaceutical activities and was chosen for further development. Solid dispersions with the same composition as the ones tested in rat were prepared with 9% nicotinamide as softener. Extrusion without nicotinamide was not possible at 135 °C or at 170 °C whereas the addition of 9% nicotinamide led to a homogenous extrudate when processed at 135 °C. The solid state of the extrudates was not molecularly dispersed but the compound was in a crystalline state. They could not reach the in vitro performance observed for the lyophilized solid dispersions with Soluplus or PVP derivatives. Nevertheless, the performances in the supersaturation assay were comparable to the HPMC based lyophilized solid dispersion. The Soluplus and PVP based crystalline extrudates were evaluated in a dog PK showing that the crystalline solid dispersion does not enable BAV higher than 90% within 24 hours after application. In parallel, the hygroscopicity of the meltextrudates was investigated by DVS and the best performing system based on Kollidon VA64 was further optimized regarding the solid state after its extrusion. The minimal process temperature to obtain a fully amorphous solid dispersion was determined by hot stage X-ray powder diffraction analysis (XRPD) and confirmed by lab scale extrusion. Addition of 9% nicotinamide lowered the process temperature from 220 °C (without nicotinamide) to 200 °C with nicotinamide. The minimal temperature for obtaining crystal free material was independent of the nicotinamide amount as soon as it exceeded 9%. Lowering the process temperature with nicotinamide reduced the impurity levels from 3.5% at 220 °C to 1.1% at 200 °C. The fully amorphous extrudates performed now better in the in vitro supersaturation assay than the lyophilized amorphous HPMC solid dispersion and the crystalline extrudates which were extruded at 135 °C. The process was up-scaled to a pilot scale extruder with alternative screw designs increasing mechanical shear forces and mixing which enabled lower process temperatures. This resulted in a maximal process temperature of 195 °C when nicotinamide was present and 205 °C without nicotinamide. However, shorter process time and reduced process temperatures (compared to the lab scale equipment) resulted in impurity levels smaller than 0.5% for both compositions and temperatures and made the nicotinamide obsolete. The amorphous extrudates from the pilot scale extruder performed better in vitro than the crystalline extrudates from the lab scale extruder and the lyophilized HPMC solid dispersion. A comparable PK profile of the HPMC solid dispersion and the amorphous melt extruded formulation principle was anticipated from these in vitro results. This was confirmed by the pharmacokinetic profile in dogs after oral administration of the final extruded solid dispersion formulation which was equivalent with the pharmacokinetic profile of the HPMC based solid dispersion formulation. The assumption that using a drug load below the miscibility prevents the solid dispersion from recrystallization was verified at least for a limited time by a stability test at elevated temperatures for 3 months showing no change in solid state. This indicates the opportunities of the low lattice forces approach, but also showed the importance of developing principles first assuring stable solid state, performance in vitro and in vivo, tailor them in a second step based on performance and combine them with technology such as melt extrusion as third step. If these steps are done in the context of clinical needs and quality it can rationalize the development of a solid dispersion and minimalize the formulation related risks regarding biopharmacy and stability.
More and more newly registered drugs are proteins. Although many of them suffer from instabilities in aqueous media, the most common way of protein drug administration still is the injection of a solution. Numerous protein drugs require frequent administration, but suitable controlled release systems for proteins are rare. Chapter 1 presents current advances in the field of controlled delivery of particulate protein formulations. While the main focus lies on batch crystallized proteins, amorphous particulate proteins are also discussed in this work. The reason is that, on the one hand precipitated protein particles hold some of the advantages of crystalline proteins and on the other hand the physical state of the protein may simply be unknown for many drug delivery systems or semi-crystalline particles have been used. Crystallization and precipitations methods as well as controlled delivery methods with and without encapsulation in a polymeric delivery system are summarized and critically discussed.
In chapter 2 a novel way of protein crystal encapsulation by electrospinning is introduced. Electrospinning of proteins has been shown to be challenging via the use of organic solvents, frequently resulting in protein unfolding or aggregation. Encapsulation of protein crystals represents an attractive but largely unexplored alternative to established protein encapsulation techniques because of increased thermodynamic stability and improved solvent resistance of the crystalline state. We herein explore the electrospinning of protein crystal suspensions and establish basic design principles for this novel type of protein delivery system. Poly-ε-caprolactone (PCL) is an excellent polymer for electrospinning and matrix-controlled drug delivery combining optimal processability and good biocompatibility. PCL was deployed as a matrix, and lysozyme was used as a crystallizing model protein. By rational combination of lysozyme crystals with a diameter of 0.7 or 2.1 μm and a PCL fiber diameter between 1.6 and 10 μm, release within the first 24 h could be varied between approximately 10 and 100%. Lysozyme loading of PCL microfibers between 0.5 and 5% was achieved without affecting processability. While relative release was unaffected by loading percentage, the amount of lysozyme released could be tailored. PCL was blended with poly(ethylene glycol) and poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) to further modify the release rate. Under optimized conditions, an almost constant lysozyme release over 11 weeks was achieved.
Chapter 3 takes on the findings made in chapter 2 and further modifies the properties of the nonwovens as protein crystal delivery system. Nonwoven scaffolds consisting of poly-ε-caprolactone (PCL), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) and polidocanol (PD), and loaded with lysozyme crystals were prepared by electrospinning. The composition of the matrix was varied and the effect of PD content in binary mixtures, and of PD and PLGA content in ternary mixtures regarding processability, fiber morphology, water sorption, swelling and drug release was studied. Binary PCL/PD blend nonwovens showed a PD-dependent increase in swelling of up to 30% and of lysozyme burst release of up to 45% associated with changes of the fiber morphology. Furthermore, addition of free PD to the release medium resulted in a significant increase of lysozyme burst release from pure PCL nonwovens from approximately 2% to 35%. Using ternary PCL/PD/PLGA blends, matrix degradation could be significantly improved over PCL/PD blends, resulting in a biphasic release of lysozyme with constant release over 9 weeks, followed by constant release with a reduced rate over additional 4 weeks. Based on these results, protein release from PCL scaffolds is improved by blending with PD due to improved lysozyme desorption from the polymer surface and PD-dependent matrix swelling.
Chapter 4 gives deeper insight on lysozyme batch crystallization and shows the influences of the temperature on the precipitation excipients. Yet up to now protein crystallization in a pharmaceutical useful scale displays a challenge with crystal size and purity being important but difficult to control parameters. Some of these influences are being discussed here and a detailed description of crystallization methods and the achieved crystals are demonstrated.
Therapeutic use of such protein crystals may require further modification of the protein release rate through encapsulation. Silk fibroin (SF) harvested from the cocoons of Bombyx mori is a well-established protein suitable for encapsulation of small molecules as well as proteins for controlled drug delivery. This novel polymer was deployed for as carrier for the model drug crystals. Lysozyme again was used as a crystallizable protein and the effect of process- as well as formulation parameters of batch crystallization on crystal size were investigated using statistical design of experiments. Lysozyme crystal size depended on temperature and sodium chloride and poly(ethylenglycol) concentration of precipitant solution. Under optimized conditions, lysozyme crystals in a size range of approximately 0.3 to 10 µm were obtained. Furthermore, a solid-in-oil-in-water process for encapsulation of lysozyme crystals into SF was developed. Using this process, coating of protein crystals with another protein was achieved for the first time. Encapsulation resulted in a significant reduction of dissolution rate of lysozyme crystals, leading to prolonged release over up to 24 hours.
Starting in the late 1990s ionic liquids (ILs) gained momentum both in academia as well as industry. ILs are defined as organic salts with a melting point below 100 °C. Active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) may be transferred into ILs by creating salts with a bulky counterion with a soft electron density. ILs have demonstrated the potential to tune important pharmaceutical features such as the solubility and the dissolution rate, particularly addressing the challenge of poor water soluble drugs (PWSD). Due to the tunability of ILs, modification of physico-chemical properties of APIs may be envisioned without any modifications of the chemical structure.
In the first chapter the potential as well as the limitation of ILs are discussed. The chapter commences with an overview of preparation and characterization of API-ILs. Moreover, examples for pharmaceutical parameters are presented which may be affected by IL formation, including the dissolution rate, kinetic solubility or hygroscopicity as well as biopharmaceutical performance and toxicology. The impact of IL formation on those pharmaceutically relevant features is highlighted, resulting in a blueprint for a novel formulation concept to overcome PWSD challenges without the need for structural changes of the API.
Within the second chapter the IL concept is detailed for one specific API - counterion combination. A poorly water soluble acidic API against migraine attacks was transformed into an IL in an effort to minimize the time to maximum plasma concentration (tmax) and optimize the overall bioavailability. These studies were conducted in parallel to a prodrug of the API for comparison of the IL strategy versus a strategy involving modification of the API’s structure. A significantly longer duration of API supersaturation and a 700 fold faster dissolution rate of the IL in comparison to the free acid were obtained and the underlying mechanism was elucidated. The transepithelial absorption was determined using Caco-2 cell layers. For the IL about 3 times more substance was transported in comparison to the prodrug when substances were applied as suspensions, despite the higher permeability of the prodrug, as increased solubility of the IL exceeded this effect. Cytotoxicity of the counterion was assessed in hepatic, renal and macrophage cell lines, respectively, and IC50 values were in the upper µM / lower mM range. The outcome of the study suggested the IL approach instrumental for tuning biopharmaceutical properties, without structural changes of the API as required for preparation of prodrugs. Thus the toolbox for formulation strategies of poorly water soluble drugs could be extended by an efficient concept.
The third chapter focuses on the effect of different counterions on the physico-chemical properties of an API-IL, in particular to overcome the challenge of poor water solubility. Therefore, the same poorly water soluble acidic API against migraine attacks mentioned above was combined with 36 counterions resulting in ILs and low lattice enthalpy salts (LLES). Depending on the counterions, different dissolution rates, durations of supersaturation and hygroscopicities were obtained and release profiles could be tailored from immediate to sustained release. Besides, in vitro the cytotoxicity of the counterions was assessed in three cell lines. Using molecular descriptors such as the number of hydrophobic atoms, the graph theoretical diameter and the number of positive charges of the counterion, the dissolution rate, supersaturation and hygroscopicity as well as the cytotoxicity of counterions could be adequately modeled, rendering it possible to predict properties of new LLESs.
Within the forth chapter different poorly water soluble APIs were combined with the counterion tetrabutylphosphonium (TBP) studying the impact on the pharmaceutical and physical properties of the APIs. TBP-ILs and low lattice enthalpy salts were prepared of the acidic APIs Diclofenac, Ibuprofen, Ketoprofen, Naproxen, Sulfadiazine, Sulfamethoxazole and Tolbutamide. NMR and IR spectroscopy, DSC, XRPD, DVS and dissolution rate measurements, release profiles and saturation concentration measurements were used to characterize the free acids and TBP salts as compared to the corresponding sodium salts. The TBP salts as compared to the free acids displayed lower melting points and glass transition temperatures and up to 1000 times higher dissolution rates. The increase in the dissolution rate directly correlated with the salts’ hygroscopicity, an aspect which is critically discussed in terms of pharmaceutical translation challenges. In summary TBP ILs of solid salts were proved instrumental to approach the challenge of poor water solubility. The outcome profiled tailor-made counterions as a powerful formulation strategy to address poor water solubility, hence bioavailability and ultimately therapeutic potential of challenging APIs.
In summary, a plethora of ILs and LLESs were prepared by combination of different acidic APIs and counterions. The IL and LLESs concept was compared to conventional salt and prodrug strategies. By choice of the counterion, biopharmaceutical relevant parameters were deliberately modified and release profiles were tuned ranging from immediate to prolonged release. The impact of distinct structural counterion features controlling the dissolution, supersaturation, hygroscopicity and counterion cytotoxicity were identified, correlations were presented and predictive models were built. ILs and LLESs could be proven to be a powerful concept for the formulation of poorly water soluble acidic APIs.
\textbf{Molecular Determinants of Drug-Target Residence Times of Bacterial Enoyl-ACP Reductases.} Whereas optimization processes of early drug discovery campaigns are often affinity-driven, the drug-target residence time $t_R$ should also be considered due to an often strong correlation with \textit{in vivo} efficacy of compounds. However, rational optimization of $t_R$ is not straightforward and generally hampered by the lack of structural information about the transition states of ligand association and dissociation. The enoyl-ACP reductase FabI of the fatty acid synthesis (FAS) type II is an important drug-target in antibiotic research. InhA is the FabI enzyme of \textit{Mycobacterium tuberculosis}, which is known to be inhibited by various compound classes. Slow-onset inhibition of InhA is assumed to be associated with the ordering of the most flexible protein region, the substrate binding loop (SBL). Diphenylethers are one class of InhA inhibitors that can promote such SBL ordering, resulting in long drug-target residence times. Although these inhibitors are energetically and kinetically well characterized, it is still unclear how the structural features of a ligand affect $t_R$.
Using classical molecular dynamics (MD) simulations, recurring conformational families of InhA protein-ligand complexes were detected and structural determinants of drug-target residence time of diphenyl\-ethers with different kinetic profiles were described. This information was used to deduce guidelines for efficacy improvement of InhA inhibitors, including 5'-substitution on the diphenylether B-ring. The validity of this suggestion was then analyzed by means of MD simulations.
Moreover, Steered MD (SMD) simulations were employed to analyze ligand dissociation of diphenylethers from the FabI enzyme of \textit{Staphylococcus aureus}. This approach resulted in a very accurate and quantitative linear regression model of the experimental $ln(t_R)$ of these inhibitors as a function of the calculated maximum free energy change of induced ligand extraction. This model can be used to predict the residence times of new potential inhibitors from crystal structures or valid docking poses.
Since correct structural characterization of the intermediate enzyme-inhibitor state (EI) and the final state (EI*) of two-step slow-onset inhibition is crucial for rational residence time optimization, the current view of the EI and EI* states of InhA was revisited by means of crystal structure analysis, MD and SMD simulations. Overall, the analyses affirmed that the EI* state is a conformation resembling the 2X23 crystal structure (with slow-onset inhibitor \textbf{PT70}), whereas a twist of residues Ile202 and Val203 with a further opened helix $\alpha 6$ corresponds to the EI state. Furthermore, MD simulations emphasized the influence of close contacts to symmetry mates in the SBL region on SBL stability, underlined by the observation that an MD simulation of \textbf{PT155} chain A with chain B' of a symmetry mate in close proximity of the SBL region showed significantly more stable loops, than a simulation of the tetrameric assembly. Closing Part I, SMD simulations were employed which allow the delimitation of slow-onset InhA inhibitors from rapid reversible ligands.
\textbf{Prediction of \textit{Mycobacterium tuberculosis} Cell Wall Permeability.} The cell wall of \textit{M. tuberculosis} hampers antimycobacterial drug design due to its unique composition, providing intrinsic antibiotic resistance against lipophilic and hydrophilic compounds. To assess the druggability space of this pathogen, a large-scale data mining endeavor was conducted, based on multivariate statistical analysis of differences in the physico-chemical composition of a normally distributed drug-like chemical space and a database of antimycobacterial--and thus very likely permeable--compounds. The approach resulted in the logistic regression model MycPermCheck, which is able to predict the permeability probability of small organic molecules based on their physico-chemical properties. Evaluation of MycPermCheck suggests a high predictive power. The model was implemented as a freely accessible online service and as a local stand-alone command-line version.
Methodologies and findings from both parts of this thesis were combined to conduct a virtual screening for antimycobacterial substances. MycPermCheck was employed to screen the chemical permeability space of \textit{M. tuberculosis} from the entire ZINC12 drug-like database. After subsequent filtering steps regarding ADMET properties, InhA was chosen as an exemplary target. Docking to InhA led to a principal hit compound, which was further optimized. The quality of the interaction of selected derivatives with InhA was subsequently evaluated using MD and SMD simulations in terms of protein and ligand stability, as well as maximum free energy change of induced ligand egress. The results of the presented computational experiments suggest that compounds with an indole-3-acethydrazide scaffold might constitute a novel class of InhA inhibitors, worthwhile of further investigation.
Dietary polyphenols have been related to beneficial effects on humans’ health. Pycnogenol®, a dietary polyphenol-rich food supplement complies with the monograph “Maritime pine extract” in the United States Pharmacopeia (USP) and has demonstrated effects in different diseases. Several human trials concerning knee osteoarthritis have shown significant improvement of the symptoms like reducing the pain and the stiffness of the joint(s) upon intake of Pycnogenol®. After oral intake of multiple doses of Pycnogenol® previously low concentrations in the nanomolar range of monomeric extract constituents have been found in human plasma as well as a bioactive metabolite, δ-(3,4-dihydroxy-phenyl)-γ-valerolactone (M1), which is formed by the human intestinal flora from the procyanidins’ catechin units. It is not clear yet which compound(s) of the complex extract is (are) mainly responsible for the described clinical effects of Pycnogenol®. To gain deeper insights into the in vivo fate of the pine bark extract the distribution of its constitutents and metabolites was closer investigated in the present thesis.
Initial in vitro experiments suggested a facilitated cellular uptake of M1 into human erythrocytes, possibly via GLUT-1 transporter. For elucidating further the in vitro and in vivo metabolism of M1 in human blood cells, a metabolomic approach was performed using UPLC-ESI-qTOF-MSE analysis, which revealed a comprehensive and rapid metabolism of M1 to a variety of biotransformation products in human blood cells. Predominant metabolites were found to be conjugates of glutathione (GSH) isomers, namely M1-S-GSH and M1-N-GSH. Further sulfur-containing biotransformation products of M1 were conjugates with oxidized glutathione (M1-GSSG) and cysteine (M1-CYS) and the sulfated derivative of M1 (M1-sulfated). Other in vitro biotransformation products constituted the open-chained ester form of M1 (M1-COOH), hydroxybenzoic acid and the methylated (M1-methylated), acetylated (M1-acetylated), hydroxylated (M1-hydroxylated) and ethylated (M1-ethylated) derivatives of M1. Indeed, six of these in vitro metabolites, respectively M1-COOH, M1-sulfated, hydroxybenzoic acid, M1-S-GSH, M1-methylated and M1-acetylated, were also identified in vivo in blood cells of human volunteers after ingestion of Pycnogenol®. Related reference material was synthesized for reliable confirmation of the metabolites M1-GSH, M1-GSSG, M1-CYS and M1-COOH.
In the course of a randomized controlled clinical trial patients suffering from severe osteoarthritis ingested multiple doses of 200 mg/day Pycnogenol® for three weeks before they were scheduled for an elective knee replacement surgery. Various biological specimen, respectively blood cells, synovial fluid and serum samples, were to be analyzed to investigate the distribution and disposition of possibly bioactive constituents and metabolites. Therefore, highly sensitive methods were developed using liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS)- technology because of the expected low concentrations of the analytes in the related matrices.
Initially, for each matrix different sample preparation techniques (protein precipitation, liquid-liquid extraction, solid phase extraction and useful combinations thereof) were compared to achieve maximum detection sensitivity of the analytes that were of highest interest, namely M1, ferulic acid and taxifolin. By comparing 32 various sample clean-up procedures in human serum, the highest recovery of the metabolite M1 was achieved using a liquid-liquid extraction with ethyl acetate and tert-butyl methyl ether at a serum pH-value of 3.2. A similar extraction method was also chosen for analyte detection in human synovial fluid after comparing 31 different sample preparation techniques. Whole blood or blood cells are difficult to handle because of their high viscosity and strong coloration. The QuEChERS (quick, easy, cheap, effective, rugged and safe) approach which was originally developed for the food safety and thus for the determination of pesticide residues in fruits and vegetables yielded the highest total recovery rate of M1 in human blood cells when assessing 18 different sample clean-up techniques. By applying the QuEChERS method for the first time for the simultaneous and highly sensitive quantification of selected polyphenols in human blood cells it was demonstrated that this fast and inexpensive technique can be applied in clinical fields for cleaning-up highly complex and thus challenging biological matrices. All developed methods for the different biological specimen were optimized to achieve maximum sensitivity of the target analytes. The determined lower limits of quantification (LLOQs) were sufficient for the quantification of the study samples. The LLOQs ranged from 113 pg/mL for taxifolin to 48 ng/mL for caffeic acid in blood cells and from 80 pg/mL for taxifolin to 3 ng/mL for caffeic acid in synovial fluid. In human serum the LLOQs even ranged down to 35 pg/mL for taxifolin and up to 8 ng/mL for caffeic acid. All analytical methods were subjected to a full validation according to current EMA and FDA guidelines and fulfilled those criteria, showing excellent performance and reliability of the developed and optimized methods.
Serum, blood cells and synovial fluid samples of the osteoarthritis patients were all processed with an enzymatic incubation with ß-glucuronidase/sulfatase to hydrolyse conjugates (phase-II-metabolism) prior the actual sample preparation. Additionally, serum samples of the osteoarthritis patients were prepared without enzymatic hydrolysis to determine the individual degree of conjugation with sulfate and glucuronic acid of the analytes.
All determined concentrations in the patients’ samples were in the lower ng/mL range. Notably, highest total concentrations of the polyphenols were not detected in serum, in which the degree of analyte conjugation with sulfate and glucuronic acid ranged from 54.29 ± 26.77% for catechin to 98.34 ± 4.40% for M1. The flavonoids catechin and taxifolin mainly partitioned into blood cells, whereas the metabolite M1, ferulic and caffeic acid primarily resided in the synovial fluid. The concentration of M1 in the blood cells was low, however, this could be explained by the previously observed extensive and rapid intracellular metabolism in vitro. This was now supported by the in vivo evidence in samples of patients who received Pycnogenol® in which the open-chained ester form of M1 (M1-COOH) as well as the glutathione conjugate of M1 (M1-GSH) were identified, indicating that M1 does not accumulate in its original form in vivo. Possibly, a variety of bioactive metabolites exist which might play an important role for the clinical effects of Pycnogenol®.
Although the study participants were requested to avoid polyphenol-rich food and beverages within the last two days before the blood samplings this was obviously difficult for most of the patients. Hence, no statistically significantly difference was observed in the mean polyphenol concentrations in serum, blood cells and synovial fluid between the intervention and the control group. Nevertheless, it was possible to identify marker compounds for Pycnogenol® intake under real life conditions with occasional or regular consumption of polyphenol-rich foods and beverages. Thereby, ferulic acid was found in serum samples exclusively after intake of Pycnogenol®, confirming that ferulic acid is a suitable marker of consumption of French maritime pine bark extract. Taxifolin was present in serum and synovial fluid exclusively in the intervention group indicating a role as further marker of Pycnogenol® intake. Taxifolin, ferulic acid and caffeic acid were detected in both serum and synovial fluid only in the intervention group. Moreover, the metabolite M1, taxifolin and ferulic acid were only detected simultaneously in all matrices (serum, blood cells and synovial fluid) after ingestion of Pycnogenol®.
Thus, deeper insights into the distribution of bioactive constituents and metabolites of Pycnogenol® into serum, blood cells and synovial fluid after oral administration to patients with severe osteoarthritis were gained. The present study provides the first evidence that polyphenols indeed distribute into the synovial fluid of patients with osteoarthritis where they might contribute to clinical effects.
Intraperitoneal adhesions are fibrous bands that connect tissues in the peritoneal cavity that are usually separated. These adhesions form as a consequence of trauma, inflammation or surgical interventions and often result in severe consequences such as chronic pain, small bowel obstructions or female infertility.
The aim of this thesis was to develop a synthetic barrier device for adhesion prevention made of modified poly(lactide) [PLA]. Solid PLA films (SurgiWrap®) are already successfully in clinical use due to the good biocompatibility and the biodegradability of the material resulting in non-toxic degradation products since lactic acid is naturally part of the metabolic circles of the human body. Considering the brittleness and stiffness of the films, the long degradation time of several months as well as the need for suturing, there is potential for optimization. Through a copolymerization with the hydrophilic poly(ethylene glycol) [PEG], a reduction of the degradation time was intendend. Moreover, the copolymerization should also lead to an improvement of the mechanical properties of the films since PEG acts as plasticizer for PLA. Linear PLA-PEG-PLA triblock copolymers as well as star-shaped PEG-PLA copolymers were synthesized via standard ring opening polymerization to tailor the barrier properties. Besides solid films, solution electrospun meshes from PLA and the synthesized PEG-PLA copolymers were investigated for a potential application as well. Since suturing of a barrier additionally induces adhesion formation, alginate coated membranes were prepared in order to achieve self-adhesiveness. With the intention to reduce infections and consequently inflammation, electrospun meshes and solvent cast films were loaded with the antibacterial drug triclosan and drug release as well as antibacterial efficacy was investigated.
Mechanical tests confirmed that through the variation of the PEG content and branching the mechanical properties can be tailored and are in good accordance with the glass transition temperatures [Tg] of the polymers. Consequently, potentially adequate mechanical properties for surgical handling as well as for the performance within the patient’s body were successfully achieved. Degradation studies revealed that the degradation time was significantly shorter for PEG-PLA membranes than for PLA films and with an appropriate PEG content could be adjusted to the intended time frame. Cell adhesion and viability tests confirmed the non-toxicity of the clinically used PLA films as well as of PEG-PLA films and meshes. With a bioadhesion test the benefit of an alginate coated side towards the pure PLA film concerning self-adhesiveness was successfully demonstrated. Moreover, optical evaluations and a T-peel test of different alginate coated PLA films showed that the cohesion between the chemically different layers was distinctly enhanced by the use of an appropriate PEG-PLA mesh as intermediate cohesion promoting layer. In in vitro release studies with triclosan loaded films a higher release was determined for PEG-PLA than for PLA films. In agar diffusion tests a higher and longer inhibition of staphylococcus aureus growth was observed confirming the release results. Moreover, drug loaded meshes (especially drug loaded after electrospinning) showed enhanced and elongated bacterial inhibition in comparison to films.
Protein-protein interactions play a crucial role in the development of drug delivery devices for the increasingly important biologicals, including antibodies, growth factors and cytokines. The understanding thereof might offer opportunities for tailoring carriers or drug proteins specifically for this purpose and thereby allow controlled delivery to a chosen target. The possible applications range from trigger-dependent release to sustained drug delivery and possibly permanently present stimuli, depending on the anticipated mechanism.
Silk fibroin (SF) is a biomaterial that is suitable as a carrier for protein drug delivery devices. It combines processability under mild conditions, good biocompatibility and stabilizing effects on incorporated proteins.
As SF is naturally produced by spiders and silkworms, the understanding of this process and its major factors might offer a blueprint for formulation scientists, interested in working with this biopolymer. The natural process of silk spinning covers a fascinating versatility of aggregate states, ranging from colloidal solutions through hydrogels to solid systems. The transition among these states is controlled by a carefully orchestrated process in vivo. Major players within the natural process include the control of spatial pH throughout passage of the silk dope, the composition and type of ions, and fluid flow mechanics within the duct, respectively. The function of these input parameters on the spinning process is reviewed before detailing their impact on the design and manufacture of silk based drug delivery systems (DDS). Examples are reported including the control of hydrogel formation during storage or significant parameters controlling precipitation in the presence of appropriate salts, respectively. The review details the use of silk fibroin to develop liquid, semiliquid or solid DDS with a focus on the control of SF crystallization, particle formation, and drug-SF interaction for tailored drug load.
Although we were able to show many examples for SF drug delivery applications and there are many publications about the loading of biologics to SF systems, the mechanism of interaction between both in solution was not yet extensively explored. This is why we made this the subject of our work, as it might allow for direct influence on pharmaceutical parameters, like aggregation and drug load.
In order to understand the underlying mechanism for the interaction between SF and positively charged model proteins, we used isothermal titration calorimetry for thermodynamic characterization. This was supported by hydrophobicity analysis and by colloidal characterization methods including static light scattering, nanoparticle tracking analysis and zeta potential measurements. We studied the effects of three Hofmeister salts – NaCl (neutral), NaSCN (chaotropic) and Na2SO4 (cosmotropic) – and the pH on the interaction of SF with the model proteins in dependence of the ratio from one to another. The salts impacted the SF structure by stabilizing (cosmotropic) or destabilizing (chaotropic) the SF micelles, resulting in completely abolished (cosmotropic) or strongly enhanced (chaotropic) interaction. These effects were responsible for different levels of loading and coacervation when varying type of salt and its concentration. Additionally, NaCl and NaSCN were able to prolong the stability of aqueous SF solution during storage at 25°C in a preliminary study.
Another approach to influence protein-protein interactions was followed by covalent modification. Interleukin-4 (IL-4) is a cytokine driving macrophages to M2 macrophages, which are known to provide anti-inflammatory effects. The possibility to regulate the polarization of macrophages to this state might be attractive for a variety of diseases, like atherosclerosis, in which macrophages are involved. As these cases demand a long-term treatment, this polarization was supposed to be maintained over time and we were planning to achieve this by keeping IL-4 permanently present in an immobilized way. In order to immobilize it, we genetically introduced an alkyne-carrying, artificial amino acid in the IL-4 sequence. This allowed access to a site-specific click reaction (Cu(I)-catalyzed Huisgen azide-alkyne cycloaddition) with an azide partner. This study was able to set the basis for the project by successful expression and purification of the IL-4 analogue and by proving the availability for the click reaction and maintained bioactivity. The other side of this project was the isolation of human monocytes and the polarization and characterization of human macrophages. The challenge here was that the majority of related research was based on murine macrophages which was not applicable to human cells and the successful work was so far limited to establishing the necessary methods.
In conclusion, we were able to show two different methods that allow the influence of protein-protein interactions and thereby the possible tailoring of drug loading. Although the results were very promising for both systems, their applicability in the development of drug delivery devices needs to be shown by further studies.
Although the physiological roles of BChE are not yet determined to date, the importance of this enzyme is continuously increasing as it was found to be associated with several disorders like diabetes mellitus type 2, cardiovascular diseases, obesity and especially with Alzheimer’s disease (AD). In consequence, for investigations of BChE’s pathological role in these diseases and to find new medication strategies, the development of selective and potent inhibitors is necessary.
For this purpose, the current work progresses in five chapters on the exploration of the chemical, physical and biochemical properties of tetrahydroquinazoline based carbamates which were previously reported to be selective BChE inhibitors with potency in the low nanomolar range.
1) A Novel Way to Radiolabel Human Butyrylcholinesterase for PET through Irreversible Transfer of the Radiolabeled Moiety:
PET-radiotracers represent an innovative tool to determine the distribution and the expression of a biological target in vivo. BChE lacks to a large degree of such tracers with a few exceptions. In this work, methods were developed to incorporate the radioisotopes 11C and 18F into the carbamate moiety of an tetrahydroquinazoline based inhibitor. In contrast to reversibly acting PET-probes, the described radiotracers were proven by kinetic studies to transfer the radioisotope covalently onto the active site of BChE, thus labeling the enzyme directly and permanently.
2) Discovery of Highly Selective and Nanomolar Carbamate-Based Butyrylcholinesterase Inhibitors by Rational Investigation into Their Inhibition Mode:
To investigate the role of the tetrahydroquinazoline carrier scaffold on BChE inhibition, carbamate based inhibitors were synthesized. These compounds were successively used to perform kinetic investigations to determine their inhibition mode. Based on these data, a plausible binding model was postulated explaining the influence of the tetrahydroquinazoline carrier scaffold for binding at BChE’s active site just before carbamate transfer takes place. Additionally, these compounds feature neuroprotective properties and prevent oxidative stress induced cell death in their carbamate form as well as after the release of the tetrahydroquinazoline carrier scaffold.
3) Dual Addressing of Butyrylcholinesterase by Targeting the Catalytic Active Site (CAS) and the Peripheral Anionic Site (PAS):
Compounds which are dual-targeting the CAS and the PAS of BChE are the most potent and selective BChE inhibitors to date with inhibition values in the picomolar range. In this work, a strategy is described how to turn tetrahydroquinazoline based carbamates into dual binding BChE inhibitors. These inhibitors feature a carbamate moiety which is covalently transferred onto the CAS of BChE, and in addition provide a second pharmacophore connected via a linker to the carbamate moiety which is proposed to target the PAS. Preliminary results reveal a high tolerance of BChE towards different linker lengths without decrease in affinity.
4) Investigation into Selective Debenzylation and Ring Cleavage of Quinazoline based Heterocycles:
The tetrahydroquinazoline system is well investigated in terms of its synthesis and its selective oxidation. To explore the reactivity of this system, a tetracyclic tetrahydroquinazoline was exposed to common reduction agents. These experiments revealed a high sensitivity of the tetrahydroquinazoline core towards several reduction conditions
5) Experimental and Theoretical Investigation into the Stability of Cyclic Aminals:
Tetrahydroquinazolines are known to degrade in acidic media through hydrolysis of their aminal system; but literature is lacking of a systematic investigation into this behavior. Therefore, different tetrahydroquinazolines were synthesized and exposed to phosphate buffered systems with defined pH-values. A clear increase of the hydrolysis rate of the aminal system was determined in dependency of an increasing acidic media. Computational studies predicted and experimental studies proved that hydrolysis takes place in an acidic environment while the condensation of this system is preferred in neutral or basic aqueous media.
The requirements for the impurity profiling of substances for pharmaceutical use have become greater over time. They can be accomplished by the use of modern instrumental analysis techniques, which have been evolved in the last decades. New types of columns with HILIC, mixed-mode and chiral stationary phases are suitable for the separation of all kinds of substances mixtures, that were previously hardly possible with the use of common reversed phase columns. Modern, almost universal detectors like CAD, ELSD and CNLSD can be applied for a sensitive detection of substances without a chromophore. However, in addition to some small individual disadvantages to these methods, the costs are high and applications are still kind of rare. Thus, the introduction of these devices at a broader level has not yet taken place. While this presumably will change over time, there is a need for methods that enable the impurity profiling of challenging substances with widespread analytics devices.
Methionine is a substance with hydrophobic and hydrophilic impurities. With the help of a mixed-mode stationary phase, which is a combination of a reversed phase and a strong cationic exchanger, the separation of all putative impurities was found possible with good sensitivity and selectivity. The method requires apart from the column only standard isocratic HPLC equipment and was successfully validated.
The evaluation of the enantiomeric purity of amino acids is challenging. Two approaches were made. The first method utilizes CE by means of in-capillary derivation with OPA and the subsequent separation with a cyclodextrin. With the use of OPA/NAC and γ-cyclodextrin, a simple and cost-effective method for the indirect enantioseparation of 16 amino acids was developed. With the second approach, racemic amino acids can be analyzed with HPLC and in-needle derivatization. For this, different columns and chiral thiols were evaluated and the chromatographic parameters were optimized. A method with OPA/NIBLC, a pentafluorophenyl column made the enantioseparation of 17 amino acids feasible. A LOQ of the minor enantiomer down to 0.04 % can be achieved with UV spectrophotometric detection. A similar method was developed for impurity profiling of L-amino acids. This can be used alternatively for the amino acid analysis performed by the European Pharmacopoeia.
A simple, robust, precise and accurate method for the evaluation of impurities in glyceryl trinitrate solution was developed and validated. The four impurities of glyceryl trinitrate are separated by means of an acetonitrile-water gradient and the assay for this substance is also possible.
Novel Approaches to Antimicrobial Therapy of Pneumonia using Antibiotics and Therapeutic Antibodies
(2016)
Nosocomial pneumonia is mostly caused by methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA). However, the standard antibiotic therapy is affected by increasing emergence of bacterial resistance. Therefore, novel therapeutic options are in high demand. New antimicrobial agents alone cannot handle the problem of increasing bacterial resistance but innovative drug delivery strategies and fast identification of infection causing pathogens are required to diminish bacterial resistance development. A very promising approach to improve the therapy of pneumonia is presented by local drug delivery to the lung. This application method enables high local drug concentrations in the lung leading to shorter application of antibiotics and hence reduces the risk of resistance development. Furthermore, the systemic concentration is lowered reducing the emergence of adverse effects.
Therefore, in this thesis several approaches to improve the therapy of MRSA pneumonia are studied.
One approach to achieve an efficient local delivery of antibiotics are nano-sized drug delivery systems which enable the nebulization of poorly-soluble antibiotics and can lead to even higher local drug concentrations due to their small size since nanoparticles improve mucus penetration and decrease phagocytosis by alveolar macrophages. Here, an analytical setup was developed that facilitates the identification of optimal preparation conditions for drug polyelectrolyte nanoplexes.
Another promising approach to support antimicrobial therapy of pneumonia is presented by antibody-based immunotherapy. Since the stability of the antibody and hence its therapeutic activity are endangered during production, transport, storage, and application, a stabilizing formulation was developed for hUK-66, an antibody targeting surface antigens of S. aureus. Furthermore, nebulization of this formulated monoclonal antibody was studied to enable local application. Finally, the immunotherapeutic efficacy of the nebulized hUK-66 formulation was investigated in an animal in vivo study.
Furthermore, rapid identification of the infection triggering pathogen is very important. The selective detection of S. aureus was achieved using optical planar Bragg grating sensors functionalized with hUK-66. In addition, the reusability of this system was studied applying a surface functionalization based on the cross-linker SPDP which enables a reversible fixation of the antibody.
The impurity profiling of pharmaceutical ingredients can oppose many challenges. The best part of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) and the related substances are detectable by UV detection, a very common detection principle. However, if an API lacks a suitable chromophore other means of detection are necessary. The corona charged aerosol detector (CAD) is a detector capable of detecting substances independent of their chemical structure. This “universal” detector has only one limitation: The analyte has to have a sufficiently low vapor pressure. Another important challenge that comes often together with the lack of a chromophore concerns the separation. These substances (e.g. most amino acids and derivatives) often contain structures that make them difficult to retain on conventional reversed phase columns.
Possible solutions to overcome these challenges, like the application of the CAD and the benefit of so-called mixed-mode stationary phases in impurity profiling for pharmacopoeial purposes were explored in this work. The related substances analyzed in this thesis comprise amino acids, inorganic ions, bisphosphonic acids, basic and acidic derivatives of amino acids (esters and amides).
The successful development and validation of mixed-mode liquid chromatography methods with CAD detection for carbocisteine and ibandronate sodium might help to increase the acceptance of this versatile detector in the pharmaceutical industry and in official authorities dealing with the determination of related substances.
The combination of UV and CAD detection proved very useful during the analysis of Bicisate. Most of the related substances and some unidentified impurities were detectable by CAD whereas a synthesis by-product, a semi-volatile ester, was only detectable in the UV trace. The simple combination covers all relevant impurities in a single analysis.
Two truly orthogonal methods regarding separation and detection for the enantiomeric purity of magnesium-L-aspartate helped to find the reason for elevated D aspartic acid content in the drug substance. A very quick and sensitive indirect separation using the OPA derivatization with NAC was developed as a powerful screening tool, whereas the direct separation of D- and L-CBQCA-Asp derivatives confirmed the results. Both methods were optimized in order to do without substances mentioned on the REACH list, like sodium tetraborate which is very frequently applied in standard derivatization protocols and CE separations.
The importance of orthogonal detection principles in the determination of related substances of amino acids was discussed in a review article dealing with the revision of amino acid monographs in the Ph. Eur..
With 9.6 million new cases and 1.5 million deaths in 2014, tuberculosis (TB) is alongside with AIDS the most deadly infection. Foremost, the increased prevalence of resistant strains of M. tuberculosis among the TB-infected population represents a serious thread. Hence, in the last decades, novel drug targets have been investigated worldwide. So far a relatively unexplored target is the cell wall enzyme β-ketoacyl-ACP-synthase “KasA”, which plays a crucial role in maintaining the membrane impermeability and hence the cell ability to resist to the immune response and drug therapy. KasA is a key enzyme in the fatty acid synthase “FAS-II” elongation cycle, responsible for the extension of the growing acyl chain within the biosynthesis of precursors for the most hydrophobic constituents of the cell wall – mycolic acids. Design of the novel KasA inhibitors, performed in the research group of Prof. Sotriffer by C. Topf and B. Schaefer, was based on the recently published crystal structure of KasA in complex with its known inhibitor thiolactomycin (TLM). Considering the essential ligand-enzyme interactions, a pharmacophore model was built and applied in the virtual screening of a modified ZINC database. Selected hits with the best in silico affinity data have been reported by Topf and Schaefer.
In this work, two of the obtained hits were synthesized and their structure was systematically varied. First, a virtual screening hit, chromone-2-carboxamide derivative GS-71, was modified in the amide part. Since the most of the products possessed a very low solubility in the aqueous buffer medium used in biological assays, polar groups (nitro, succinamidyl and trimethyl-amino substituent in position 6 of the chromone ring or hydroxyl group on the benzene ring in the amide part have been inserted to the molecule. Further variations yielded diaryl ketones, diaryl ketone bearing a succinamidyl substituent, carboxamide bearing a methylpiperazinyl-4-oxobutanamido group and methyl-malonyl ester amides. Basically, the essential structural features necessary for the ligand-enzyme interactions have been maintained. The latter virtual screening hit, a pyrimidinone derivative VS-8 was synthesized and the structure was modified by substitution in positions 2, 4, 5 and 6 of the pyrimidine ring. Due to autofluorescence, detected in most of the products, this model structure was not further varied.
Simultaneously, experiments on solubilization of the first chromone-2-carboxamides with cyclodextrins, cyclic oligosacharides known to form water-soluble inclusion complexes, were performed. Although the assessed solubility of the chromone 3b/DIMEB (1:3) mixture exceeded 14-fold the intrinsic one, the achieved 100 µM solubility was still not sufficient to be used as a stock solution in the binding assay. The experiments with cyclodextrin in combination with DMSO were ineffective. Owing to high material costs necessary for the appropriate cyclodextrin amounts, the aim focused on structural modification of the hydrophobic products.
Precise structural data have been obtained from the solved crystal structures of three chromone derivatives: the screening hit GS-71 (3b), its trimethylammonium salt (18) and 6-nitro-substituted N-benzyl-N-methyl-chromone-2-carboxamide (9i). The first two compounds are nearly planar with an anti-/trans-rotamer configuration. In the latter structure, the carboxamide bridge is bent out of the chromone plane, showing an anti-rotamer, too. Considering the relatively low partition coefficient of compound 3b (cLogP = 2.32), the compound planarity and correlating tight molecular packing might be the factors significantly affecting its poor solubility.
Regarding the biological results of the chromone-based compounds, similar structure-activity correlations could be drawn from the binding assay and the whole cell activity testing on M. tuberculosis. In both cases, the introduction of a nitro group to position 6 of the chromone ring and the presence of a flexible substituent in the amide part showed a positive effect. In the binding study, the nitro group at position 4 on the N-benzyl residue was of advantage, too. The highest enzyme affinity was observed for N-(4-nitrobenzyl)-chromone-2-carboxamide 4c (KD = 34 µM), 6-nitro substituted N-benzyl-chromone-2-carboxamide 9g (KD = 40 µM) and 6‑nitro-substituted N-(4-nitrobenzyl)-chromone-2-carboxamide 9j (KD = 31 µM), which could not be attributed to the fluorescence quenching potential of the nitro group. The assay interference potential of chromones, due to a covalent binding on the enzyme sulfhydryl groups, was found to be negligible at the assay conditions. Moderate in vivo activity was detected for 6‑nitro-substituted N-benzyl-chromone-2-carboxamide 9g and its N-benzyl-N-methyl-, N‑furylmethyl-, N-cyclohexyl- and N-cyclohexylmethyl derivatives 9i, 9d, 9e, 9f, for which MIC values 20 – 40 µM were assessed. Cytotoxicity was increased in the N‑cyclohexylmethyl derivative only. None of the pyrimidine-based compounds showed activity in vivo. The affinity of the model structure, VS-8, surpassed with KD = 97 µM the assessed affinity of TLM (KD = 142 µM).
Since for the model chromone compound GS-71 no reliable KasA binding data could be obtained, a newly synthesized chromone derivative 9i was docked into the KasA binding site, in order to derive correlation between the in silico and in vitro assessed affinity. For the 6‑nitro-derivative 9i a moderate in vivo activity on M. tuberculosis was obtained. The in silico predicted pKi values for TLM and 9i were higher than the corresponding in vitro results, maintaining though a similar tendency, i.e., the both affinity values for compound 9i (pKi predicted = 6.64, pKD experimental = 4.02) surpassed those obtained for TLM (pKi predicted = 5.27, pKD experimental = 3.84). Nevertheless, the experimental pKD values are considered preliminary results.
The binding assay method has been improved in order to acquire more accurate data. Owing to the method development, limited enzyme batches and solubility issues, only selected compounds could be evaluated. The best hits, together with the compounds active on the whole cells of M. tuberculosis, will be submitted to the kinetic enzyme assay, in order to confirm the TLM-like binding mechanism. Regarding the in vivo testing results, no correlations could be drawn between the predicted membrane permeability values and the experimental data, as for the most active compounds 9e and 9f, a very low permeability was anticipated (0.4 and 0.7 %, respectively). Further biological tests would be required to investigate the action- or transport mode.
Drug delivery of therapeutic gases – strategies for controlled and local delivery of carbon monoxide
(2017)
The isoenzyme heme oxygenase 1 (HO-1) is a key element for maintaining cellular homeostasis. Upregulated in response to cellular stress, the HO-1 degrades heme into carbon monoxide (CO), biliverdin, and Fe2+. By means of a local cell-protective feedback loop the enzyme triggers numerous effects including anti-oxidative, anti-apoptotic, and anti-inflammatory events associated with complex signalling patterns which are largely orchestrated by CO. Various approaches to mimic this physiological HO-1 / CO system aiming for a treatment of medical conditions have been described [1]. These preclinical studies commonly applied CO systemically via (i) inhalation or (ii) using CO-Releasing Molecules (CORMs) [2]. The clinical use of these approaches, however, is challenged by a lack of practicability and substantial safety issues associated with the toxicity of high systemic doses of CO that are required for triggering therapeutic effects. Therefore, one rational of this thesis is to describe and evaluate strategies for the local delivery of CO aiming for safe and effective CO therapeutics of tomorrow.
The inhibitory glycine receptors are one of the major mediators of rapid synaptic inhibition in the mammalian brainstem, spinal cord and higher brain centres. They are ligand-gated ion channels that are mainly involved in the regulation of motor functions. Dysfunction of the receptor is associated with motor disorders such as hypereklepxia or some forms of spasticity. GlyR is composed of two glycosylated integral membrane proteins α and β and a peripheral membrane protein of gephyrin. Moreover, there are four known isoforms of the α-subunit (α1-4) of GlyR while there is a single β-subunit. Glycine receptors can be homomeric including α subunits only or heteromeric containing both α and β subunits. To date, strychnine is the ligand that has the highest affinity as glycine receptor ligand. It acts as a competitive antagonist of glycine that results in the inhibition of Cl- ions permeation and consequently reducing GlyR-mediated inhibition.
For a long time, the details of the molecular mechanism of GlyRs inactivation by strychnine were insufficient due to the lack of high-resolution structures of the receptor. Only homology models based on structures of other cys-loop receptors have been available. Recently, 3.0 Å X-ray structure of the human glycine receptor- α3 homopentamer in complex with strychnine, as well as electro cryo-microscopy structures of the zebra fish α1 GlyR in complex with strychnine and glycine were published. Such information provided detailed insight into the molecular recognition of agonists and antagonists and mechanisms of GlyR activation and inactivation.
Very recently, a series of dimeric strychnine analogs obtained by diamide formation of two molecules of 2-aminostrychnine with diacids of different chain length was pharmacologically evaluated at human α1 and α1β glycine receptors. None of the dimeric analogs was superior to strychnine.
The present work focused on the extension of the structure-activity relationships of strychnine derivatives at glycine receptors
All the synthesized compounds were pharmacologically evaluated at human α1 and α1β glycine receptors in a functional FLIPRTM assay and the most potent analogs were pharmacologically evaluated in a whole cell patch-clamp assay and in [3H]strychnine binding studies.
It was reported that 11-(E)-isonitrosostrychnine displayed a 2-times increased binding to both α1 and α1β glycine receptors which prompted us to choose the hydroxyl group as a suitable attachment point to connect two 11-(E)-isonitrosostrychnine molecules using a spacer. In order to explore the GlyR pocket tolerance for oxime extension, a series of oxime ethers with different spacer lengths and sterical/lipophilic properties were synthesized biologically evaluated. Among all the oxime ethers, methyl, allyl and propagyl oxime ethers were the most potent antagonists displaying IC50 values similar to that of strychnine. These findings indicated that strychnine binding site at GlyRs comprises an additional small lipophilic pocket located in close proximity to C11 of strychnine and the groups best accommodated in this pocket are (E)-allyl and (E)-propagyl oxime ethers.
Moreover, 11-aminostrychnine, and the corresponding propionamide were prepared and pharmacologically evaluated to examine the amide function at C11 as potential linker.
A series of dimeric strychnine analogs designed by linking two strychnine molecules through amino groups in position 11 with diacids were synthesized and tested in binding studies and functional assays at human α1 and α1β glycine receptors. The synthesized bivalent ligands were designed to bind simultaneously to two α-subunits of the pentameric glycine receptors causing a possibly stronger inhibition than the monomeric strychnine. However, all the bivalent derivatives showed no significant difference in potency compared to strychnine. When comparing the reference monomeric propionamide containing ethylene spacer to the dimeric ligand containing butylene spacer, a 3-fold increase in potency was observed. Since the dimer containing (CH2)10 spacer length was found to be equipotent to strychnine, it is assumed that one molecule of strychnine binds to the receptor and the ‘additional’ strychnine molecule in the dimer probably protrudes from the orthosteric binding sites of the receptor.
Synthesis of Dualsteric Ligands for Muscarinic Acetylcholine Receptors and Cholinesterase Inhibitors
(2017)
The study is dealing with the synthesis and pharmacological investigation of newly designed dualsteric ligands of muscarinic acetylcholine receptors belonging to the superfamily of G protein-coupled receptors. Such bipharmacophoric ligands combine the advantages of the orthosteric binding site (high-affinity) and of the topographically distinct allosteric binding site (subtype-selectivity) resulting in compounds with reduced side effects. This opens the way to a new therapeutic approach in the treatment of e.g. chronic pain, drug withdrawal, Parkinson`s and Alzheimer`s disease. Furthermore, the newly synthesized dualsteric compounds were pharmacologically investigated in order to get a better understanding of the activation and signaling processes in muscarinic acetylcholine receptors, especially with regard to partial agonism.
The development of the “dynamic ligand binding” concept offers new perspectives for ligand binding and signaling at G protein-coupled receptors. GPCRs are no longer considered as simple on/off switches. Dualsteric ligands can bind in a dualsteric pose, reflecting an active receptor state as well as in a purely allosteric binding pose, characterized by an inactive receptor state resulting in partial agonism. The degree of partial agonism depends on the ratio of active versus inactive receptor populations. On this basis, orthosteric/orthosteric hybrid ligands consisting of the antagonist atropine and scopolamine, respectively, as well as of the agonist iperoxo and isoxazole, respectively, linked via different alkyl chain length were synthesized in order to investigate partial agonism (Figure 1).
Figure 1: Structures of the synthesized iperoxo/isoxazole-atropine/scopolamine-hybrids.
Furthermore, different sets of quaternary and tertiary homodimers consisting either of two iperoxo or two acetylcholine units were synthesized in order to study their extent on partial agonism (Figure 2). The two agonists were connected by varying alkyl chain length. Binding studies on CHO-hM2 cells of the quaternary compounds revealed that dimerization of the agonist results in a loss of potency. The iperoxo-dimers reached higher maximum effects on the Gi- as well as on the Gs pathway in comparison to the acetylcholine-dimers. Besides the choice of the orthosteric building block (potency of the agonist), the alkyl chain length is also crucial for the degree of partial agonism.
Figure 2: Structures of the synthesized quat./tert. iperoxo/acetylcholine-homodimers.
Quinolone-based hybrids connected to the superagonist iperoxo and to the endogenous ligand acetylcholine, respectively, linked through an alkyl chain of different length were synthesized in order to develop further partial agonists (Figure 3). FRET studies confirmed M1 subtype-selectivity as well as linker dependent receptor response. The greatest positive FRET signal was observed with quinolone-C6-iper resulting from a positive cooperativity between the two separated moieties, alloster and orthoster. However, the corresponding hybrids with a longer linker led to an inverse FRET signal indicating a different binding mode, e.g. purely allosteric, in contrast to the shorter linked hybrids. Furthermore, the flexible alkyl spacer was replaced by a rigidified linker resulting in the hybrid quinolone-rigid-iperoxo (Figure 3). FRET studies on the M1 receptor showed reduced FRET kinetics, resulting from interactions between the bulky linker and the aromatic lid, located between the orthosteric and allosteric binding site. A bitopic binding mode of the rigidified hybrid is presumed. For further clarity, mutational studies are necessary.
Figure 3: M1-selective hybrid compounds.
Another aim of this work was the design and synthesis of new hybrid compounds, acting as agonists at the M1 and M2 receptor and as inhibitors for AChE and BChE in the context of M. Alzheimer. Several sets of hybrid compounds consisting of different pharmacophoric units (catalytic active site: phthalimide, naphthalimide, tacrine; peripheric anionic site: iperoxo, isoxazole) linked through a polymethylene chain of varying length were synthesized. Tac-C10-iper (Figure 4), consisting of tacrine and the superagonist iperoxo linked by a C10 polymethylene spacer, was found to have excellent anticholinesterase activity for both AChE (pIC50 = 9.81) and BChE (pIC50 = 8.75). Docking experiments provided a structural model to rationalize the inhibitory power towards AChE. Additionally, the tacrine related hybrids showed affinity to the M1 and M2 receptor. Such compounds, addressing more than one molecular target are favorable for multifactorial diseases such as Alzheimer.
Figure 4: Structure of the most active compound regarding anticholinesterase activity.
In summary, the choice of the pharmacophoric units, their connecting point as well as the nature, length, and flexibility of the linker play an important role for the activity of designed bivalent ligands. A shorter linker length cannot bridge both binding sites simultaneously in contrast to longer linker chains. On the other hand, too long linker chains can result in unwanted steric interactions. Further investigations with respect to structural variations of hybrid compounds, with or without quaternary ammonium groups, are necessary in the light of drug development.
A successful therapy for colorectal cancer (CRC), one of the most common malignancies worldwide, requires the greatest possible research effort. Of critical importance is an understanding of the relevant intracellular networks of signaling cascades, their activation, and the resulting cellular changes that are a prerequisite for a more successful CRC therapy. Vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and the appropriate VEGF receptors represent molecular targets that have already been successfully implemented in the clinic (i.e. using monoclonal antibodies, tyrosine kinase inhibitors). However, for platelet derived growth factor (PDGF) and the relevant PDGF receptors, there are currently no clinically approved molecular therapeutics available. However, there are preliminary data to show that PDGF and its associated signaling pathways play an important role in CRC progression. In particular, the PI3K/Akt/mTOR pathway is emerging as an important intracellular partner of PDGF with which to control proliferation, migration, and angiogenesis in tumor cells.
Therefore it was the objective of this work to investigate the multifactorial influence of PDGF on proliferation and metabolism, depending on CRC mutation status. The intention was to identify new therapeutic targets for future cancer therapy through analyses of PDGF-induced intracellular changes.
For this purpose two human colorectal cancer cell lines were analyzed at gene and/or protein level for components of the PI3K/Akt/mTOR and MAPK signaling pathway, c-Myc, p53, and HIF1α (hypoxia-inducible-factor 1α). Changes in proliferation and metabolism, either during stimulation with PDGF and/or PI3K/Akt/mTOR inhibition, were also investigated. Experiments conducted at protein level during PDGF stimulation and/or PI3K/Akt/mTOR inhibition revealed changes in signaling pathways and crosstalk. The influence of the tumor suppressors (retinoblastoma, Rb), oncogenes (c-Myc, p53mut), and HIF1α during stimulation with PDGF, and their interactions in the tumor cell with respect to proliferation and glycolysis warrant further examination in terms of clinical treatment options. Investigations at the gene level of ex vivo samples (UICC I-IV) complete the study with regards to the clinical relevance of PDGF.
PDGF stimulation increases tumor cell proliferation in HT29 cells via the PI3K/Akt/mTOR pathway rather than the MAPK pathway. However, if the PI3K/Akt/mTOR pathway is pharmacologically blocked, PDGF stimulation is mediated by inhibitory crosstalk through the MAPK pathway. Further analyses revealed that specific Akt inhibition impedes tumor cell growth, while PI3K inhibition had little effect on proliferation. Inhibitory crosstalk was found to be responsible for these different effects. Careful intervention strategies are therefore required if future therapies intend to make use of these specific signaling pathways. One aim of future research should be to gain a better understanding of the crosstalk between these signaling pathways. In this fashion, “over-inhibition” of the signal pathways, which would result in additional clinical side effects for patients, could be prevented.
In late stage UICC, more mutation events occur, with tumorigenicity promoted by an increased mutation rate. Given that PDGF is increasingly expressed in the late UICC stages, our data would indicate that PDGF's effects are amplified with increasing malignancy. The activating effect of PDGF on the PI3K/Akt/mTOR pathway and subsequent changes in the activity of p53mut, Rb, c-Myc, and HIF1α, lead to an unfavorable prognosis for colon cancer patients. PDGF acts on colon cancer cells in an Akt-activating, glycolysis-dependent manner. PDGF increases glycolysis and the ability of CRC cells to adjust their energy metabolism. These activities should be taken as possible starting points with which to design therapeutic interventions for CRC therapy.
PDGF, as another representative of the growth factor family, seems to play a similar role to VEGF in CRC. The data from this study underline the importance of the PDGF - PI3K/Akt/mTOR pathway-axis and its potential as a possible target in colorectal cancer. Thus PDGF represents an attractive therapeutic target, besides the VEGF/EGFR-based therapies already used in CRC.
The aim of the present work was to determine the breast adipose tissue composition regarding fatty acids, cholesterol and (aut)oxidation products of cholesterol in women without breast cancer and to identify associated variables. Thus the necessary methods were optimized and validated where required and the breast adipose tissues of women without breast cancer were collected and analyzed.
The gas chromatography with flame ionization detection was optimized for detection and separation of 37 relevant fatty acids. Fifty breast adipose tissues were analyzed using the optimized method. 26 fatty acids were detected in breast adipose tissues. The median proportion of saturated (sum of 11 fatty acids), monounsaturated (sum of 5 fatty acids), polyunsaturated (sum of 9 fatty acids) and one trans fatty acid were 34.6%, 53.2%, 12.1% and 0.3% respectively. Moreover, absolute levels of pentadecanoic acid (median: 0.37 mg/g, range: 0.08 - 1.31 mg/g), elaidic acid (median: 0.50 mg/g, range: 0.09 - 1.92 mg/g), linolenic acid (median: 0.88 mg/g, range: 0.10 - 3.06 mg/g) and docosahexaenoic acid (median: 0.31 mg/g, range: 0.04 - 1.80 mg/g) were determined in breast adipose tissues for the first time. These four fatty acids are indicative for consumption of dairy products, processed fats, vegetable oils such as flax seed oil and fish respectively.
Furthermore, for the investigation of cholesterol in breast adipose tissues a gas chromatography was optimized and validated. The accuracies of the method in three independent spiked samples with low, medium and high levels of cholesterol were 99.1 ± 10.1%, 87.0 ± 11.2%, and 103.4 ± 4.6% with precisions of 2.1, 2.1, and 0.8% respectively. Using external calibration with internal standard cholesterol was quantified in samples (median: 1.1 mg/g, range: 0.7 - 1.5 mg/g).
In order to detect (aut)oxidation products of cholesterol, gas chromatography coupled triple quadrupole mass spectrometry was optimized and validated. The accuracy was between 81.6% and 115.7% and precisions for low, medium and high oxy-cholesterols levels were below 10.0%. The quantitative determination of (aut)oxidation products of cholesterol was established using external calibration with an internal standard. The most abundant oxy-cholesterol was 5,6β-Epoxy- (median: 147.2 ng/g, range: 25.7 – 624.2 ng/g), followed by 5,6α-Epoxy- (median: 34.6 ng/g, range: 9.9 – 124.7 ng/g), 7-Keto- (median: 19.1 ng/g, range: 7.9 – 220.6 ng/g), 7α-Hydroxy- (median: 10.2 ng/g, range: 3.8 – 111.3 ng/g) and 7β-Hydroxy-Cholesterol (median: 3.5 ng/g, range: 1.0 – 45.6 ng/g) respectively. Median oxy-cholesterol/cholesterol ratios ranged from 0.0001 (5,6β-Epoxy-Cholesterol) to 0.000003 (7β-Hydroxy-Cholesterol).
Finally the associations between fatty acids, cholesterol and oxy-cholesterol were investigated using Spearman’s rank correlation. Absolute levels of elaidic acid were positively correlated with levels of linolenic and docosahexaenoic acid (R = 0.79, 0.68, p < 0.01). Absolute levels of linolenic acid were positively associated with levels of docosahexaenoic acid (R = 0.81, p < 0.01). Moreover, relative proportions of saturated fatty acids capric, myristic, palmitic and stearic acid were negatively correlated with oleic acid (R = -0.36, -0.71, -0.65, -0.39, p < 0.05). Tissue levels of cholesterol were not correlated with levels of 5,6α/β-Epoxy-Cholesterols but were negatively associated with that of 7α-Hydroxy-, 7β-Hydroxy- and 7-Keto-Cholesterol (R = -0.29, -0.32, -0.29 p = 0.04, 0.02, 0.04). Levels of 7-Keto- and 7-Hydoxy-Cholesterol were strongly correlated with each other (R = 0.81, 0.91, p < 0.01) and, weaker, with 5,6α/β-Epoxy-Cholesterols (R = 0.60-0.70, p < 0.01). 5,6α/β-Epoxy-Cholesterols were associated positively with each other (R = 0.90, P < 0.01). Total oxy-cholesterol, 7β-Hydroxy-Cholesterol, and 5,6β-Epoxy-Cholesterol levels were correlated with relative proportions of elaidic acid (R = 0.30, 0.30, and 0.31 respectively, p = 0.04, 0.03, 0.03, respectively), whereas no correlation was observed between levels of oxy-cholesterols and relative proportion of pentadecanoic acid, linolenic acid and docosahexaenoic acid.
Furthermore, Spearman’s rank correlation was performed to investigate the relationship of fatty acids, cholesterol and oxy-cholesterol with age and body mass index. The relative proportions of total saturated fatty acids were negatively correlated with age (R = -0.47, p < 0.01) and body mass index (R = -0.29, p = 0.05). A positive significant correlation was observed between proportions of oleic acid and body mass index (R = 0.32, p = 0.02). There was no correlation between levels of cholesterol and body mass index or age. Likewise, no correlations of oxy-cholesterol levels with age or body mass index were observed.
In sum, in this work the quantification methods of cholesterol and oxy-cholesterol were validated. The validation data met the criteria according to the FDA guideline. Using the validated methods the absolute levels of cholesterol and oxy-cholesterols were determined in breast adipose tissue of human females for the first time.
Successful formulation development of novel, particularly organic APIs of low molecular weight as candidates for ground-breaking pharmaceutical products is a major challenge for the pharmaceutical industry because of the poor aqueous solubility of most of these compounds.
The hit identification strategies of drug development in use today apply high throughput screening techniques for the investigation of thousands of substances. This approach led to a systematical increase in molecular weight and lipophilicity and a decrease of water solubility of lead compounds reaching market access.
The high lipophilicity causes an excellent permeability of the compounds which favours the absorption process from the small intestine, but it causes a decrease of water-solubility. It becomes evident that an adequate aqueous solubility is necessary for absorption of the API from the gastrointestinal fluids into the systemic circulation and hence for efficacy of the pharmaceutical product. Only an dissolved API is getting absorbed and becomes efficacious. The precipitated proportion is resigned directly. Therefore, the development of an individual formulation aligning the physicochemical characteristics is necessary for every API to produce supersaturated solutions in the small intestine and to reach an adequate bioavailability after absorption into the systemic circulation.
In this thesis a specific formulation development was investigated for two exemplary poorly water-soluble APIs to replace the empirical approach often used today. The basic tyrosine-kinase inhibitor imatinib and six different acetylated amino acids were transferred into ILs. As compared to the free base and the mesylate salt, which is marketed by Novartis AG as Gleevec®, the dissolution rate as well as the supersaturation time was increased significantly. By changing the mesylate anion with its potential genotoxic risks, the total toxicity of the drug product could be decreased. The amorphous ILs proved adequate stability under forcing conditions and there was no recrystallization of the free base observed. The amorphous character of the ILs caused an increased amount of water vapour sorption which can be compensated by special packaging materials. Taken together, the presentation of imatinib as an IL is intended for oral administration as a tablet and can cause a reduction of dose because of the increased solubility. Therefore, the occurrence of side effects can be reduced as compared to Gleevec®. If there is actually an increased bioavailability to observe, has to be proved by the execution of animal trials.
The novel NOX inhibitor VAS3947 is intended for the treatment of endothelial dysfunctions causing diseases like heart failure and stroke. The compounds poor aqueous solubility hindered further clinical development so far and make the drug candidate to remain in a very early stage of the drug development process. Therefore, different formulation concepts were evaluated in this study:
An amorphous solid dispersion prepared from VAS3947 and Eudragit® L100 by means of spray drying was able to increase the dissolution rate and solubility of the compound significantly, but with the accomplished kinetic solubility being in the low µM range it is not possible to reach therapeutic plasma concentrations.
In contrast, the incorporation into cyclodextrins resulted in an 760-fold increased solubility. Different cyclodextrins were evaluated. Especially the lipophilic derivatives of the β-cyclodextrin showed to be the most adequate excipients. The incorporation of the API into the cyclodextrin cavity was proved by means of NMR spectroscopy. Additionally, a formulation of VAS3947 and hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin was prepared. This formulation is intended for the intravenous application during animal trials, which have to be conducted to get to know the pharmacokinetics of VAS3947. This formulation reached a concentration of 1 mg/mL spending striking protection of VAS3947 against degradation.
Presentation of VAS3947 as a microemulsion system led also to increase the aqueous solubility of the compound, but not in the same extent as the cyclodextrin formulation. Beside the formulation development a physicochemical characterization was performed to get to know important parameters such as log P and pKa values of VAS3947. An HPLC method was developed and validated to analyse the extent of solubility improvement.
A major issue of the compound VAS3947 and all related triazolopyrimidine derivatives, developed by Vasopharm GmbH, is the insufficient chemical stability because of presence of a hemiaminal moiety in the chemical structure. Stability investigations and an extensive biopharmaceutical characterization confirm the hindering of further clinical development by insufficient drug stability and high cytotoxicity. Poor aqueous solubility is an additional disadvantage which can be handled by a concerted formulation development.
A major problem regarding public health is the emergence of antibiotic resistant bacterial strains, especially methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA). This is mainly attributed to the unnecessary overuse of antimicrobial drugs by patients; however, one aspect that is often neglected is their untargeted mechanism of action, affecting not only the infection itself but also commensal bacteria which are often opportunistic pathogens causing many diseases as well. Therefore, our goal was to develop a bioresponsive antibiotic delivery system triggered by virulence factors. The designed system is comprised of a polymer to enhance its pharmacokinetic profile, a peptide cleavable linker, and the antibiotic agent itself. The bacterial protease aureolysin which is expressed by S. aureus during infections would cleave the linker and partially release the antibiotic which would be still attached to a remaining tetrapeptide. These would be cleaved by a group of proteases naturally present in plasma called aminopeptidases, finally releasing the compound.
In the first part of this project, we searched for a suitable sequence to serve as a cleavable linker. It should be sensitive towards the target bacterial protease but not be cleaved by any human enzymes to guarantee the specificity of the system. Therefore, we synthesized three peptide sequences via Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis and incubated them with aureolysin as well as with many human matrix Metalloproteases. The analysis and quantification of enzymatic activity was monitored chromatographically (RP-HPLC). The plasminogen originated sequence was chosen since it was not sensitive towards MMPs, but cleaved by aureolysin.
In the second part, we tried to incorporate the chosen peptide sequences as crosslinkers in hydrogel formulations. The purpose was to physically incorporate the antibiotic within the hydrogel, which would be released by the cleavage of those sequences and the consequent loosening the hydrogel net. For that purpose we used a commercially available hydrogel kit with a PVA matrix modified with maleimide, which allows a conjugation reaction with thiol functionalized crosslinkers. Three fluorophores were chosen to serve as antibiotic models and a diffusion assay was performed. Only the glomerular structured Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) presented a low diffusion rate, thus the aureolysin release assays were performed only using this prototype. Assays showed that with a low hydrogel polymer concentration, the fluorophore either quickly diffused into the medium or was not released at all. The physical incorporation of the antibiotic within the hydrogel pores was therefore abolished as a suitable release approach. For a second attempt, we covalently bound a fluorophore to the linker, which was conjugated to the hydrogel matrix. The incubation with aureolysin and subsequent RP-HPLC analysis showed a peak with the same retention time correspondent to the fragment product after cleavage of the free linker. This is a proof that the concept of linking the peptide sequence to the antibiotic is a promising strategy for its bioresponsive release.
Within the third part of this study, we analyzed the degradation of the resulted fragment after aureolysin activity and subsequent full release of the antibiotic by human aminopeptidases. We determined the concentration of those enzymes in human plasma and synthesized the fragment by conjugating the tetrapeptide sequence to aminofluorescein via EDC/NHS reaction. By incubating the construct with the lowest aminopeptidase concentration measured in plasma, the fluorophore was completely released within two hours, showing the efficacy of these enzymes as bioresponsive agents.
The last part was the construction of the PEGylated linker-antibiotic. For this purpose we chose the tetracycline like antibiotic chelocardin (CHD) as our prototype. The conjugation of the linker- CHD to the polymer was performed by copper free click chemistry. The cleavage rate of the linker by aureolysin was very similar to the one obtained for the free peptide, indicating that the PEGylation does not interfere on the enzymatic activity. However, by trying to increase the loading ratio of chelocardin onto the polymer, we observed a very low cleavage rate for the system, indicating the formation of aggregates by those constructs.
The designed system has proved to be a smart strategy for the delivery on demand of antibiotics in which the drug is only released by the presence of S. aureus during their virulent state.
While life expectancy increases worldwide, treatment of neurodegenerative diseases such as AD becomes a major task for industrial and academic research. Currently, a treatment of AD is only symptomatical and limited to an early stage of the disease by inhibiting AChE. A cure for AD might even seem far away. A rethinking of other possible targets is therefore necessary. Addressing targets that can influence AD even at later stages might be the key. Even if it is not possible to find a cure for AD, it is of great value for AD patients by providing an effective medication. The suffering of patients and their families might be relieved and remaining years may be spent with less symptoms and restrictions.
It was shown that a combination of hCB2R agonist and BChE inhibitor might exactly be a promising approach to combat AD. In the previous chapters, a first investigation of dual-acting compounds that address both hCB2R and BChE was illustrated (figure 6.1).
A set of over 30 compounds was obtained by applying SARs from BChE inhibitors to a hCB2R
selective agonist developed by AstraZeneca. In a first in vitro evaluation compounds showed
selectivity over hCB1R and AChE. Further investigations could also prove agonism and showed
that unwanted off-target affinity to hMOP receptor could be designed out. The development of
a homology model for hCB2R (based on a novel hCB1R crystal) could further elucidate the
mode of action of the ligand binding. Lastly, first in vivo studies showed a beneficial effect of
selected dual-acting compounds regarding memory and cognition.
Since these first in vivo studies mainly aim for an inhibition of the BChE, it should be the aim
of upcoming projects to proof the relevance of hCB2R agonism in vivo as well. In addition,
pharmacokinetic as well as solubility studies may help to complete the overall picture.
Currently, hybrid-based dual-acting hCB2R agonists and selective BChE inhibitors are under
investigation in our lab. First in vitro evaluations showed improved BChE inhibition and
selectivity over AChE compared to tacrine.78 Future in vitro and in vivo studies will clarify their
usage as drug molecules with regard to hepatotoxicity and blood-brain barrier penetration.
Since the role of hCB2R is not yet completely elucidated, the use of photochromic toolcompounds
becomes an area of interest. These tool-compounds (and their biological effect) can
be triggered upon irradiation with light and thus help to investigate time scales and ligand
binding.
A set of 5-azobenzene benzimidazoles was developed and synthesized. In radioligand binding
studies, affinity towards hCB2R could be increased upon irradiation with UV-light (figure 6.2).
This makes the investigated compounds the first GPCR ligands that can be activated upon
irradiation (not vice versa).
The aim of upcoming research will be the triggering of a certain intrinsic activity by an
“efficacy-switch”. For this purpose, several attempts are currently under investigation: an
introduction of an azobenzene moiety at the 2-position of the benzimidazole core already led to
a slight difference in efficacy upon irradiation with UV light. Another approach going on in our
lab is the development of hCB1R switches based on the selective hCB1R inverse agonist
rimonabant. First in vitro results are not yet available (figure 6.3).
Since four decades, high-throughput screenings have been conducted in drug discovery, fuelling the identification of potential new drug candidates. This approach, however, often promotes the detection of compounds with undesired physico-chemical properties like poor aqueous solubility or low membrane permeability. Indeed, dissolution and absorption of a drug are prerequisites for systemic exposure and therapeutic effects. Therefore, innovative strategies to optimize unfavourable performance of new drug candidates are in great demand in order to increase drug concentrations at the site of action whilst simultaneously reducing drug variability.
In chapter I of this research work, hydrophobic ion pairing (HIP) is discussed as a promising strategy to improve the bioavailability of BCS class III compounds, which have high aqueous solubility and low permeability. The review points out the limitations of poorly absorbable drugs and details the approach of pairing these APIs with hydrophobic counterions. Apart from the motivation to tailor physico-chemical, biopharmaceutical and toxicological properties of BCS class III compounds, the hydrophobic ion pairing facilitates their formulation into drug delivery systems. Besides advantageous effects, disadvantages of the ion pair formation, such as the decreased aqueous solubility of the ions pair, are critically outlined. Finally, the review covers an overview of non-invasive administration routes permitted after ion pair formation, including oral/enteral, buccal, nasal, ocular and transdermal drug administration. Overall, the HIP approach offers substantial benefits regarding the bioavailability enhancement of BCS class III compounds.
Chapter II concerns GHQ168 developed by Holzgrabe et al., a BCS class II compound characterized by low aqueous solubility and high permeability. GHQ168 was developed for the treatment of human African trypanosomiasis (HAT), a tropical disease for which novel active compounds are urgently needed. This lead compound was found to be very active against trypanosoma brucei brucei and trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense in cell
culture assays, however, the low aqueous solubility prevented further preclinical development. To target this drawback, two different approaches were selected, including (I) the chemical modification and (II) the spray drying of GHQ168. The newly synthesized set of derivatives as well as the spray dried GHQ168 were subjected to a physico-chemical and microbiological characterization. It turned out that both approaches successfully improved aqueous solubility, however, for the derivatives of GHQ168 at the expense of activity. Furthermore, the pharmacokinetic parameters of GHQ168 and of the most active derivatives, GHQ242 and GHQ243, were evaluated. Elimination half-lives between 1.5 to 3.5 h after intraperitoneal administration and modest to strong serum albumin binding for GHQ243 (45%) and GHQ168 (80%) and very high binding (> 99%) for GHQ242 were detected. The spray dried formulation of GHQ168, as well as GHQ242 and GHQ243 were investigated in two in vivo studies in mice infected with t. b. rhodesiense (STIB900), referred to as (I) stringent model and (II) early-treatment model. In the stringent model (2 applications/day on day 3-6 after infection) the mean survival duration (MSD) of mice treated with spray dried GHQ168 exceeded the MSD of the untreated control group (17 days versus 9 days), a difference that was statistically significant. In contrast, no statistical difference was observed for GHQ242 (14 days) and GHQ243 (12 days). GHQ168 was further assessed in the early-treatment model (2 applications/day on day 1-4 after infection) and again a statistically significant improvement of MSD (32 days (end of observation period) versus 7 days) was observed. Finally, exciting antitrypanosomal efficacy for the spray dried formulation of GHQ168 was demonstrated.
NADPH oxidases (NOX) were found to be the main source of endothelial reactive oxygen species (ROS) formation. Chapter III reports on the formulation studies on triazolopyrimidine derivatives from the VAS library, a set of NADPH oxidase inhibitors. These were developed for the treatment of elevated ROS levels, which contribute to the development of cardiovascular diseases. Although in vitro results from numerous studies indicated promising efficacy and selectivity for the VAS-compounds, the low water solubility impeded the in vivo translation and further preclinical development. For this reason, three derivatives, VAS2870, VAS3947, and VAS4024 were physico-chemically characterized and VAS3947, the most soluble compound, was selected for further formulation studies. These approaches included (I) spray drying, (II) microemulsification and (III) complexation with cyclodextrins in order to develop formulations for oral and parenteral application. Solubility improvement of VAS3947 was successfully demonstrated for all preparations as expressed by supersaturation ratios in comparison to the solubility of the unformulated compound. For seven spray dried formulations, the ratio ranged from 3-9, and the ratio for four microemulsions was 8-19 after 120 min, respectively. The six cyclodextrin formulations achieved the highest supersaturation ratio between 3 and 174 after 20 hours. NMR measurements elucidated the inclusion of VAS3947 within the CD’s cavity as well as the interaction with its outer surface. Ultimately, NOX inhibitors were opened for oral and parenteral administration for the first time.
After successful solubility improvement of VAS3947, further investigations towards in vivo studies were conducted including stability studies with a focus on stability in solution and in plasma as presented in chapter IV. Furthermore, permeability and cytotoxicity assays were performed for the first time. It turned out that VAS3947 was instable in buffer and when exposed to light. Moreover, the compound showed decomposition in the presence of mouse microsomes and in human plasma. The VAS compounds contain an oxazol moiety linked to the triazolopyrimidine skeleton via a thioether. This structural element is responsible for the efficacy of the compound class, however it is susceptible to hydrolysis and to further degradation reactions. Moreover, VAS3947 harmed membrane integrity in the cell permeability assays and cytotoxicity investigations in HEK-293 and HEP-G2 cells revealed IC50 values in the same concentration range as reported for efficacy assays. Summarized, it was demonstrated that substances from the VAS library were no appropriate model compounds for ROS investigations nor suitable candidates for further preclinical development.
In resent years the rate of biologics (proteins, cytokines and growth-factors) as newly registered drugs has steadily risen. The greatest challenge for pharmaceutical biologics poses its arrival at the desired target location due to e.g. proteolytic and pH dependent degradation, plasma protein binding, insolubility etc. Therefore, advanced drug delivery systems, where biologics are site directed immobilized to carriers mimicking endogenous storage sites such as the extra cellular matrix can enormously assist the application and consequently the release of exogenous administered pharmaceutical biologics. We have resorted to the fibroblast growth factor 2/ heparansulfate/ fibroblast growth factor bindingprotein 1 system as a model.
Phase I deals with the selection and subcloning of a wild type murine FGF-2 construct into the bacterial pHis-Trx vector system for high yields of expression and fast, feasible purification measurements. This first step enables the provision of mFGF-2, which plays a pivotal part as a growth factor in the wound healing process as well as the vascularization of tumors, for future investigations. Therefore, the correct expression of mFGF-2 was monitored via MALDI-MS and SDS-PAGE, whereas the proper folding of the tertiary beta-trefoil structure was assessed by fluorescence spectroscopy. The MTT assay allowed us to ensure that the bioactivity was comparable to sourced FGF-2. In the last step, the purity; a requirement for future binding- and protein-protein interaction assays was monitored chromatographically (RP-HPLC). In addition, a formulation for freeze-drying was developed to ensure protein stability and integrity over a period of 60 days. Altogether, the bacterial expression and purification proved to be suitable, leading to bioactive and stable production of mFGF-2.
In Phase II the expression, purification and characterization of FGFBP1, as the other key partner in the FGF-2/ HS/ FGFBP1 system is detailed. As FGFBP1 exhibits a complex tertiary structure, comprised of five highly conserved disulfide bonds and presumably multiple glycosylation sites, a eukaryotic expression was used. Human embryonic kidney cells (HEK 293F) as suspension cells were transiently transfected with DNA-PEI complexes, leading to expression of Fc-tagged murine FGFBP1. Different PEI to DNA ratios and expression durations were investigated for optimal expression yields, which were confirmed by western blot analysis and SDS-PAGE. LC-MS/MS analysis of trypsin and elastase digested FGFBP1 gave first insights of the three O-glycosylation sites. Furthermore, the binding protein was modified by inserting a His6-tag between the Fc-tag (for purification) and the binding protein itself to enable later complexation with radioactive 99mTc as radio ligand to track bio distribution of administered FGFBP1 in mice. Overall, expression, purification and characterization of mFGFBP1 variants were successful with a minor draw back of instability of the tag free binding protein.
Combining the insights and results of expressed FGF-2 as well as FGFBP1 directed us to the investigation of the interaction of each partner in the FGF-2/ HS/ FGFBP1 system as Phase III. Thermodynamic behavior of FGF-2 and low molecular weight heparin (enoxaparin), as a surrogate for HS, under physiological conditions (pH 7.4) and pathophysiological conditions, similar to hypoxic, tumorous conditions (acidic pH) were monitored by means of isothermal titration calorimetry. Buffer types, as well as the pH influences binding parameters such as stoichiometry (n), enthalpy (ΔH) and to some extent the dissociation constant (KD). These findings paved the way for kinetic binding investigations, which were performed by surface plasmon resonance assays. For the first time the KD of full length FGFBP1 and FGF-2 was measured. Furthermore the binding behavior of FGF-2 to FGFBP1 in the presence of various heparin concentrations suggest a kinetic driven release of bound FGF-2 by its chaperone FGFBP1.
Having gathered multiple data on the FGF-2 /HS /FGFBP1 system mainly in solution, our next step in Phase IV was the development of a test system for immobilized proteins. With the necessity to better understand and monitor the cellular effects of immobilized growth factors, we decorated glass slides in a site-specific manner with an RGD-peptide for adhesion of cells and via the copper(I)-catalyzed-azide-alkyne cycloaddition (CuAAC) a fluorescent dye (a precursor for modified proteins for click chemistry). Human osteosarcoma cells were able to grow an the slides and the fluorescence dye was immobilized in a biocompatible way allowing future thorough bioactivity assay such as MTT-assays and phospho-ERK-assays of immobilized growth factors.
Although the prevalence of substandard and counterfeit pharmaceutical products is a global problem, it is more critical in resource-constrained countries. The national medicines regulatory authorities (MNRA) in these countries have limited resources to cater for regular quality surveillance programmes aimed at ensuring that medicines in circulation are of acceptable quality. Among the reasons explained to hinder the implementation of these strategies is that compendial monographs are too complicated and require expensive infrastructures in terms of environment, equipment and consumables. In this study it was therefore aimed at developing simple, precise, and robust HPLC and HPTLC methods utilizing inexpensive, readily available chemicals (methanol and simple buffers) that can determine the APIs, other API than declared one, and which are capable of impurity profiling. As an outcome of this study, three isocratic and robust HPLC and two HPTLC methods for sulfadoxine, sulfalene, pyrimethamine, primaquine, artesunate, as well as amodiaquine have been developed and validated. All HPLC methods are operated using an isocratic elution mode which means they can be implemented even with a single pump HPLC system and standard C18 columns. The densitometric sulfadoxine/sulfalene and pyrimethamine method utilizes standard TLC plates as well as inexpensive, readily available and safe chemicals (toluene, methanol, and ethyl acetate), while that for artesunate and amodiaquine requires HPTLC plates as well as triethylamine and acetonitrile due to challenges associated with the analysis of amodiaquine and poorly the detectable artesunate. These HPTLC methods can be implemented as alternative to those requiring HPLC equipment e.g. in countries that already have acquired densitometer equipment. It is understood that HPTLC methods are less sensitive, precise and accurate when compared to HPLC methods, but this hindrance can easily be addressed by sending representative samples to third party quality control laboratories where the analytical results are verified using compendial HPLC methods on a regular basis.
It is therefore anticipated that the implementation of these methods will not only address the problem of limited resources required for medicines quality control but also increase the number of monitored targeted antimalarial products as well as the number of resource- constrained countries participating in quality monitoring campaigns. Moreover, the experiences and skills acquired within this work will be applied to other API groups, e. g. antibiotics, afterwards.
During the last decades the number of biologics increased dramatically and several biopharmaceutical drugs such as peptides, therapeutic proteins, hormones, enzymes, vaccines, monoclonal antibodies and antibody-drug conjugates conquered the market. Moreover, administration and local delivery of growth factors has gained substantial importance in the field of tissue engineering. Despite progress that has been made over the last decades formulation and delivery of therapeutic proteins is still a challenge. Thus, we worked on formulation and delivery strategies of therapeutic proteins to improve their biological performance.
Phase I of this work deals with protein stability with the main focus on a liquid protein formulation of the dimeric fusion protein PR-15, a lesion specific platelet adhesion inhibitor. In order to develop an adequate formulation ensuring the stability and bioactivity of PR-15 during storage at 4 °C, a pH screening, a forced degradation and a Design of Experiments (DoE) was performed. First the stability and bioactivity of PR-15 in 50 mM histidine buffer in relation to pH was evaluated in a short-term storage stability study at 25 °C and 40 °C for 4 and 8 weeks using different analytical methods. Additionally, potential degradation pathways of PR-15 were investigated under stressed conditions such as heat treatment, acidic or basic pH, freeze-thaw cycles, light exposure, induced oxidation and induced deamidation during the forced degradation study. Moreover, we were able to identify the main degradation product of PR-15 by performing LC/ESI-MS analysis. Further optimization of the injectable PR 15 formulation concerning pH, the choice of buffer and the addition of excipients was studied in the following DoE and finally an optimal PR-15 formulation was found.
The growth factors BMP-2, IGF-I and TGF-β3 were selected for the differentiation of stem cells for tissue engineering of cartilage and bone in order to prepare multifunctionalized osteochondral implants for the regeneration of cartilage defects.
Silk fibroin (SF) was chosen as biomaterial because of its biocompatibility, mechanical properties and its opportunity for biofunctionalization. Ideal geometry of SF scaffolds with optimal porosity was found in order to generate both tissues on one scaffold.
The growth factors BMP-2 and IGF-I were modified to allow spatially restricted covalent immobilization on the generated porous SF scaffolds. In order to perform site-directed covalent coupling by the usage of click chemistry on two opposite sides of the scaffold, we genetically engineered BMP-2 (not shown in this work; performed by Barbara Tabisz) and IGF-I for the introduction of alkyne or azide bearing artificial amino acids. TGF β3 was immobilized to beads through common EDC/NHS chemistry requiring no modification and distributed in the pores of the entire scaffold.
For this reason protein modification, protein engineering, protein immobilization and bioconjugation are investigated in phase II. Beside the synthesis the focus was on the characterization of such modified proteins and its conjugates. The field of protein engineering offers a wide range of possibilities to modify existing proteins or to design new proteins with prolonged serum half-life, increased conformational stability or improved release rates according to their clinical use.
Site-directed click chemistry and non-site-directed EDC/NHS chemistry were used for bioconjugation and protein immobilization with the aim to underline the preferences of site-directed coupling.
We chose three strategies for the incorporation of alkyne or azide functionality for the performance of click reaction into the protein of interest: diazonium coupling reaction, PEGylation and genetic engineering. Azido groups were successfully introduced into SF by implementation of diazonium coupling and alkyne, amino or acid functionality was incorporated into FGF-2 as model protein by means of thiol PEGylation. The proper folding of FGF-2 after PEGylation was assessed by fluorescence spectroscopy, WST-1 proliferation assay ensured moderate bioactivity and the purity of PEGylated FGF-2 samples was monitored with RP-HPLC. Moreover, the modification of native FGF-2 with 10 kDa PEG chains resulted in enhanced thermal stability.
Additionally, we genetically engineered one IGF-I mutant by incorporating the unnatural amino acid propargyl-L-lysine (plk) at position 65 into the IGF-I amino acid sequence and were able to express hardly verifiable amounts of plk-IGF-I. Consequently, plk-IGF-I expression has to be further optimized in future studies in order to generate plk-IGF-I with higher yields.
Bioconjugation of PEGylated FGF-2 with functionalized silk was performed in solution and was successful for click as well as EDC/NHS chemistry. However, substantial amounts of unreacted PEG-FGF-2 were adsorbed to SF and could not be removed from the reaction mixture making it impossible to expose the advantages of click chemistry in relation to EDC/NHS chemistry. The immobilization of PEG-FGF-2 to microspheres was a trial to increase product yield and to remove unreacted PEG-FGF-2 from reaction mixture. Bound PEG-FGF-2 was visualized by fluorescence imaging or flow cytometry and bioactivity was assessed by analysis of the proliferation of NIH 3T3 cells. However, immobilization on beads raised the same issue as in solution: adsorption caused by electrostatic interactions of positively charged FGF-2 and negatively charged SF or beads. Finally, we were not able to prove superiority of site-directed click chemistry over non-site-directed EDC/NHS.
The skills and knowledge in protein immobilization as well as protein characterization acquired during phase II helped us in phase III to engineer cartilage tissue in biofunctionalized SF scaffolds.
The approach of covalent immobilization of the required growth factors is relevant because of their short in vivo half-lives and aimed at controlling their bioavailability. So TGF-β3 was covalently coupled by means of EDC/NHS chemistry to biocompatible and biostable PMMA beads. Herein, we directly compared bioactivity of covalently coupled and adsorbed TGF-β3. During the so-called luciferase assay bioactivity of covalent coupled as well as adsorbed TGF-β3 on PMMA beads was ensured. In order to investigate the real influence of EDC/NHS chemistry on TGF-β3’s bioactivity, the amount of immobilized TGF-β3 on PMMA beads was determined. Therefore, an ELISA method was established. The assessment of total amount of TGF-β3 immobilized on the PMMA beads allowed as to calculate coupling efficiency. A significantly higher coupling efficiency was determined for the coupling of TGF-β3 via EDC/NHS chemistry compared to the reaction without coupling reagents indicating a small amount of adsorbed TGF-β3. These results provide opportunity to determine the consequence of coupling by means of EDC/NHS chemistry for TGF β3 bioactivity. At first sight, no statistically significant difference between covalent immobilized and adsorbed TGF-β3 was observed regarding relative luciferase activities. But during comparison of total and active amount of TGF-β3 on PMMA beads detected by ELISA or luciferase assay, respectively, a decrease of TGF-β3’s bioactivity became apparent. Nevertheless, immobilized TGF β3 was further investigated in combination with SF scaffolds in order to drive BMSCs to the chondrogenic lineage. According to the results obtained through histological and immunohistochemical studies, biochemical assays as well as qRT-PCR of gene expression from BMSCs after 21 days in culture immobilized TGF-β3 was able to engineer cartilage tissue. These findings support the thesis that local presentation of TGF β3 is superior towards exogenous TGF β3 for the development of hyaline cartilage. Furthermore, we conclude that covalent immobilized TGF β3 is not only superior towards exogenously supplemented TGF-β3 but also superior towards adsorbed TGF-β3 for articular hyaline cartilage tissue engineering. Diffusion processes were inhibited through covalent immobilization of TGF-β3 to PMMA beads and thereby a stable and consistent TGF-β3 concentration was maintained in the target area.
With the knowledge acquired during phase II and III as well as during the studies of Barbara Tabisz concerning the expression and purification of plk-BMP-2 we made considerable progress towards the formation of multifunctionalized osteochondral implants for the regeneration of cartilage defects. However, further studies are required for the translation of these insights into the development of multifunctionalized osteochondral SF scaffolds.
Progressive loss of skeletal muscle mass, strength and function poses a major threat to independence and quality of life, particularly in the elderly. To date, sarcopenia therapy consists of resistance exercise training in combination with protein supplementation due to the limited efficacy of available pharmacological options in counteracting the effects of muscle wasting. Therapeutic intervention with growth factors including insulin-like growth factor I (IGF-I) or inhibitors of myostatin a potent suppressor of myogenesis hold potential to rebalance the altered activity of anabolic and catabolic cytokines. However, dosing limitations due to acute side effects and disruptions of the homeostasis have so far precluded clinical application.
Intending to provide a therapy with a superior safety and efficacy profile by directing drug release to inflamed tissue and minimizing off-target activity, we designed bioresponsive delivery systems for an anti-catabolic peptide and anabolic IGF-I responding to local flares of muscle wasting.
In Chapter I, current concepts for bioorthogonal conjugation methods are discussed and evaluated based on various drug delivery applications. With a focus on protein delivery, challenges and potential pitfalls of each chemical and enzymatic conjugation strategy are analyzed and opportunities regarding their use for coupling of biomolecules are given. Based on various studies conjugating proteins to polymers, particles and biomaterials using different site-directed approaches, the chapter summarizes available strategies and highlights certain aspects requiring particular consideration when applied to biomolecules. Finally, a decision process for selection of an optimum conjugation strategy is exemplarily presented.
Three of these bioorthogonal coupling reactions are applied in Chapter II detailing the potential of site-directed conjugation in the development of novel, homogenous drug delivery systems. The chapter describes the design of a delivery system of a myostatin inhibitor (MI) for controlled and local release counteracting myositis flares. MI release from the carrier is driven by increased matrix metalloproteinase (MMP) levels in compromised muscle tissues cleaving the interposed linker, thereby releasing the peptide inhibitor from the particulate carrier. Release experiments were performed to assess the response towards various MMP isoforms (MMP-1, -8, -9 and -13) – as upregulated during skeletal muscle myopathies – and the release pattern of the MI in case of disease progression was analyzed. By selection of the protease-sensitive linker (PSL) showing variable susceptibilities to proteases, release rates of the MI can be controlled and adapted. Immobilized MI as well as released MI as response to MMP upregulation was able to antagonize the effects of myostatin on cell signalling and myoblast differentiation.
The approach of designing bioresponsive protein delivery systems was also applied to the anabolic growth factor IGF-I, as described in Chapter III. Numerous studies of PEGylated proteins or peptides reveal, that successful therapy is challenged by safety and efficacy issues, as polymer attachment considerably alters the properties of the biologic, thereby jeopardizing clinical efficacy. To this end, a novel promising approach is presented, intending to exploit beneficial effects of PEGylation on pharmacokinetics, but addressing the pharmacodynamic challenges by releasing the protein upon entering the target tissue. This was realized by integration of a PSL between the PEG moiety and the protein. The soluble polymer conjugate was produced by site-directed, enzymatic conjugation of IGF-I to the PSL, followed by attachment of a 30 kDa-PEG using Strain-promoted azide-alkyne cycloaddition (SPAAC). This strategy illustrates the potential of bioorthogonal conjugation (as described in Chapter I) for generation of homogenous protein-polymer conjugates with reproducible outcome, but also emphasizes the altered protein properties resulting from permanent polymer conjugation. As compared to wild type IGF-I, the PEGylated protein showed considerable changes in pharmacologic effects – such as impaired insulin-like growth factor binding protein (IGFBPs) interactions, submaximal proliferative activity and altered endocytosis patterns. In contrast, IGF-I characteristics were fully restored upon local disintegration of the conjugate triggered by MMP upregulation and release of the natural growth factor.
For successful formulation development for the proteins and conjugates, the careful selection of suitable excipients is crucial for a safe and reliable therapy. Chapter IV addresses one aspect by highlighting the chemical heterogeneity of excipients and associated differences in performance. Polysorbate 80 (PS80) is a surfactant frequently used in protein formulations to prevent aggregation and surface adsorption. Despite being widely deployed as a standard excipient, heterogeneous composition and performance entails the risk of eliciting degradation and adverse effects on protein stability. Based on a comprehensive study using different batches of various suppliers, the PS80 products were characterized regarding chemical composition and physicochemical properties, facilitating the assessment of excipient performance in a formulation. Noticeable deviations were recorded between different suppliers as well as between batches of the same suppliers. Correlation of all parameters revealed, that functionality related characteristics (FRCs) could be reliably predicted based on chemical composition alone or by a combination of chemical and physicochemical properties, respectively.
In summary, this thesis describes and evaluates novel strategies for the targeted delivery and controlled release of biologics intended to counteract the imbalance of anabolic and catabolic proteins observed during aging and musculoskeletal diseases. Two delivery platforms were developed and characterized in vitro – (i) using anti-catabolic peptides immobilized on a carrier for local delivery and (ii) using soluble IGF-I polymer conjugates for systemic application. Both approaches were implemented by bioorthogonal coupling strategies, which were carefully selected in consideration of limitations, side reactions and efficiency aspects. Bioresponsive release of the active biomolecules following increased protease activity could be successfully realized. The therapeutic potential of these approaches was demonstrated using various cell-based potency assays. The systems allow targeted and controlled release of the growth factor IGF-I and anti-catabolic peptides thereby overcoming safety concerns of current growth factor therapy and thus positively impacting the benefit-risk profile of potent therapeutics. Taking potential heterogeneity and by-product concerns into account, comprehensive excipient characterization was performed and a predictive algorithm for FRCs developed, in order to facilitate formulation design and guarantee a safe and efficient therapy from start to finish.
Alzheimer’s disease is a complex network of several pathological hallmarks. These characteristics always occur concomitantly and cannot be taken as distinct features of the disease. While there are hypotheses trying to explain the origin and progression of the illness, none of them is able to pinpoint a definitive cause. This fact challenges researchers not to focus on one individual hallmark but, bearing in mind the big picture, target two or more indications at once. This work, therefore, addresses two of the major characteristics of AD: the cholinergic hypothesis and neurotoxic oxidative stress. The former was achieved by targeting the postsynaptic muscarinic M1 acetylcholine receptor to further investigate its pharmacology, and the latter with the synthesis of neuroprotective natural antioxidant hybrids.
The first aim was the design and synthesis of dualsteric agonists of the muscarinic M1 acetylcholine receptor. Activation of this receptor was previously shown to improve AD pathologies like the formation of Aβ and NFTs and protect against oxidative stress and caspase activation. Selectively targeting the M1 receptor is difficult as subtypes M1 – M5 of the muscarinic AChRs largely share the same orthosteric binding pocket. Orthosteric ligands are thus unsuitable for selective activation of one specific subtype. Secondary, allosteric binding sites are more diverse between subtypes. Allosteric ligands are, however, in most cases dependent on an orthosteric ligand to cause downstream signals. Dualsteric ligands thus utilize the characteristics of both orthosteric and allosteric ligands in form of a message-address concept. Bridged by an alkylene-linker, the allosteric part ensures selectivity, whereas the orthosteric moiety initiates receptor activation. Two sets of compounds were synthesised in this sense. In both cases, the orthosteric ligand carbachol is connected to an allosteric ligand via linkers of different chain length. The first set utilizes the selective allosteric M1 agonist TBPB, the second set employs the selective M1 positive allosteric modulator BQCA. Six compounds were obtained in twelve-step syntheses each. For each one, a reference compound lacking the carbachol moiety was synthesised. The dualsteric ligands 1a-c and 2a c were tested in the IP1 assay. The assay revealed that the TBPB-dualsterics 1 are not able to activate the receptor, whereas the respective TBPB-alkyl reference compounds 27 gave signals depending on the length of the alkylene-linker, suggesting allosteric partial agonism of alkyl compounds 27 and no dualsteric binding of the putatively dualsteric compounds 1. The dualsteric BQCA molecules 2, however, activated the receptor as expected. Efficacy of the C5 linked compound 2b was the highest, yet C3 and C8 compounds (2a and 2c) also showed partial agonism. In this case, the reference compounds 31 showed no receptor activation, implying the intended dualsteric binding mode of the BQCA-carbachol compounds 2. Further investigations will be conducted by the working group of Dr. Christian Tränkle at the Department of Pharmacology at the University of Bonn to confirm binding modes and determine affinities as well as selectivity of the synthesised dualsteric compounds.
The second project dealt with the design, synthesis and biological evaluation of neuroprotective esters of the flavonolignan silibinin. While silibinin is already a potent antioxidant, it has been observed that the 7-OH group has a pro-oxidative character, making this position attractive for functionalisation. In order to obtain more potent antioxidants, the pro-oxidative position was esterified with other antioxidant moieties like ferulic acid 35 and derivatives thereof. Seventeen esters of silibinin 32, including pure diastereomers of 7 O feruloylsilibinin (43a and 43b) and a cinnamic acid ester of 2,3-dehydrosilibinin 46, were synthesised by regioselective esterification using acyl chlorides under basic conditions. The physicochemical antioxidant properties were assessed in the FRAP assay. This assay revealed no improvement of the antioxidant properties except for 7-O-dihydrosinapinoylsilibinin 39b. These results, however, do not correlate with the neuroprotective properties determined in the HT-22 hippocampal neuronal cell model. The assay showed overadditive neuroprotective effects of the esters exceeding those of its components and equimolar mixtures with the most potent compounds being 7-O-cinnamoylsilibinin 37a, 7-O-feruloylsilibinin 38a and the acetonide-protected caffeic acid ester 40a. These potent Michael system bearing compounds may be considered as “PAINS”, but the assays used to assess antioxidant and neuroprotective activities were carefully chosen to avoid false positive readouts. The most potent compounds 37a and 38a, as well as the diastereomers 43a and 43b, were further studied in assays related to AD. In vitro ischemia, inhibition of microglial activation, PC12 cell differentiation and inhibition of Aβ42 and τ protein aggregation assays showed similar results in terms of overadditive effects of the synthesised esters. Moreover, the diastereomers 43a and 43b showed differences in their activities against oxytosis (glutamate-induced apoptosis), inhibition of Aβ42 and τ protein aggregation, and PC12 cell differentiation. The stereospecific effect or mode of action against Aβ42 and τ protein aggregation is more pronounced than that of silybin A (32a) and silybin B (32b) reported in literature and needs to be elucidated in future work. Stability measurements in cell culture medium revealed that the esters do not only get hydrolysed but are partially oxidised to their respective 2,3-dehydrosilibinin esters. Because dehydrosilibinin 45 itself is described as a more potent antioxidant than silibinin 32, 7 O cinnamoyl-2,3-dehydrosilibinin 46 was expected to be even more potent than its un-oxidised counterpart 37a in terms of neuroprotection. The oxytosis assay, however, showed that the neurotoxicity of 46 is much more pronounced, especially at higher concentrations, reducing its neuroprotective potential. Dehydrosilibinin esters are therefore inferior to the silibinin esters for application as neuroprotectants, because of the difficulty of their synthesis and their increased neurotoxicity. A synergistic effect of both species (silibinin and the oxidised form) might, however, be possible or even necessary for the pronounced neuroprotective effects of silibinin esters. As the dehydro-species show distinct neuroprotective properties at low concentrations, their continuous formation over time might make an essential contribution to the overall neuroprotection of the synthesised esters. Due to solubility issues for some of the ester compounds, 7-O-cinnamoylsilibinin 37a was converted into a highly soluble hemisuccinate. The vastly improved solubility of 7 O cinnamoyl-23-O-succinylsilibinin 48 was confirmed in shake-flask experiments. Contrary to expectation, stability examinations showed that the succinyl compound 48 is not cleaved to form 7-O-cinnamoylsilibinin 37a. Neuroprotection assays confirmed that 48 is not a prodrug of the corresponding ester. It was determined that the main site of hydrolysis is the 7-position, cleaving 37 to silibinin 32 and cinnamic acid thus reducing the compound’s neuroprotective effects. Nevertheless, the compound still showed neuroprotection at a concentration of 25 µM. The improved solubility might be more beneficial than the higher neuroprotection of the poorly soluble parent compound 37a in vivo. 7 O Cinnamoylsilibinin 37a was further investigated to reduce Aβ25 35 induced learning impairment in mice. While tendencies of improved short-term and long-term memory in the animals were observed, the effects are not yet statistically significant in both Y-maze and passive avoidance tests. A greater number of test subjects is necessary to ensure correctness of the preliminary results presented in this work. However, an effect of ester 37a is observable in vivo, showing blood-brain barrier penetration. The esters synthesised are a novel approach for the treatment of AD as they show strong neuroprotective effects and their hydrolysis products or metabolites are only non-toxic natural products.
The number of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) exhibiting a low solubility in aqueous media or a slow dissolution rate kept rising over the past years urging formulation scientists to explore new ways to tackle poor solubility and to enable oral absorption from such compounds. Bioavailability of poorly water-soluble compounds can be improved by increasing the dissolution rate and/or by increasing the gastro intestinal concentration through transient supersaturation. The dissolution rate of the API can be typically modified by the choice of the physical form, the polymorphic form, the powder surface area, and the local pH, while a transient supersaturation can be extended mainly by nucleation or crystallization inhibiting effects. In the present thesis, three strategies were explored to tailor the dissolution rate, the supersaturation and the hydrotropic solubilization of APIs, weak bases, respectively.
The first part of this thesis followed a bioinspired approach to extend the kinetic solubility of salts and co-crystals. API salts and co-crystals are high energy forms that can generate supersaturated solutions with respect to any more stable form, typically the most stable API form in physiological environment. The transient kinetic stabilization of supersaturated states, also termed “parachute effect”, is considered to improve bioavailability and is one aspect of the formulation that can be tailored. Inspiration from plants, which store high concentrations of aromatic bases in their vacuoles via complexation with polyphenols, sparked the evaluation to use hydroxybenzoic acid derivatives for salt or co-crystal engineering. Imatinib was chosen as the model compound for this investigation as its aromaticity and flat molecular architecture could favor interactions with hydroxybenzoic acid derivatives. One 1:1 Imatinib syringate co-crystal (I-SYA (1:1)) and one 1:2 Imatinib syringate co-crystal salt (I-SYA (1:2)) were obtained. Their dissolution assays in simulated intestinal fluid (SIF; a 50 mM phosphate buffer of pH 6.8) revealed that they formed stable solutions for several hours and days, respectively, in contrast to the marketed Imatinib mesylate salt (approx. 1h). This kinetic stability in solution was linked to the nucleation inhibition of the less soluble Imatinib hydrate by syringic acid (SYA). In solution 1H-NMR studies evidenced the aggregation of Imatinib and SYA. The amphiphilic nature of both Imatinib and SYA is considered to drive their association in solution, additionally, multiple intermolecular interactions such as hydrogen bonds and π-π stacking are likely to contribute. The association in solution enabled a phase of extended supersaturation, i.e., a parachute against desupersaturation, while no negative impact of aggregation on the permeability of both Imatinib and SYA was observed.
A prerequisite to reach supersaturation is a rapid dissolution and release of the API from the formulation. Accordingly, the second and third part of this thesis is focused on the so-called “spring effect” of amorphous solid dispersions (ASDs). The addition of a hydrotropic agent, meaning a molecule that can solubilize poorly water-soluble APIs in aqueous solutions (well-known examples of hydrotropes are benzoic acid and nicotinamide) into an amorphous Ciprofloxacin-polymer matrix led to ternary systems with a significantly faster release and higher concentration of the API in SIF as compared to binary ASDs consisting of Ciprofloxacin (CPX) and polymer only. The stronger spring could be rationalized by an improved wetting of the ASD, or/and by a hydrotropic solubilization effect, although these hypotheses need further investigation. Marked differences in the dissolution profiles of binary ASDs were observed in biorelevant fasted simulated intestinal fluid (FaSSIF; a medium containing Na taurocholate (3 mM) and lecithin (0.75 mM) at pH 6.5) as compared to SIF. In FaSSIF, API release from binary polymeric ASDs was largely improved, and the duration of supersaturation was extended. This suggests that the bile salt Na taurocholate and lecithin present in FaSSIF do improve both dissolution rate and supersaturation of ASDs, the two pillars of ASDs as oral enabling formulations. Indeed, bile salts are endogenous surfactants which, together with phospholipids, play an important role in the wetting, solubilization, and absorption of lipophilic compounds.
The aim of the third part of the present thesis was to study ASDs as formulation principles reducing the strong positive food effect of Compound A. By inclusion of Na taurocholate (NaTC) within the matrix of polymeric ASDs a significant improvement of the dissolution rate and the kinetic solubility in SIF were achieved. Transient supersaturated states of up to four orders of magnitude over the equilibrium solubility were obtained. Two ASDs were selected for further in vivo evaluation in dog. The first was a NaTC/Eudragit E based ASD meant to dissolve and release Compound A in the acidic environment of the stomach, where its solubility is the highest. The second relied on the release of Compound A in the neutral environment of the duodenum and jejunum by using an enterically dissolving polymer, HPMC-P. Releasing the API at the site of its putative absorption was an attempt to control supersaturation levels in the duodenum and to prevent portioning and thus dilution effects during transfer from the stomach. In fasted dogs, exposure from the NaTC/HPMC-P ASD was close to that of the reference Compound A formulation under fed conditions, which suggests an improved dissolution rate and kinetic solubility under fasted conditions (historical data). The exposure from the NaTC/Eudragit E ASD was twice as low as from the NaTC/HPMC-P ASD, and also lower compared to Compound A reference formulation, whereas in vitro the parachute effect of the NaTC/Eudragit E ASD was largely superior to that of the NaTC/HPMC-P ASD. A difference in the extend of the parachute could be related to differences in the thermodynamic activity of dissolved molecules from the two ASDs. Indeed, the high instability of the NaTC/HPMC-P ASD could stem from a high thermodynamic activity driving diffusion through membranes, whereas less instable solutions of NaTC/Eudragit E could indicate solubilization effects which often translate into a lower flux through the biological membrane. Additionally, the pH of the environment where dissolution takes place might be an important factor for absorption, and could also account for the difference in exposure from the two ASDs.
The aim of this thesis was to explore how the intimate environment of weak, poorly soluble bases could be functionalized to improve dissolution rate and kinetic solubility. The investigations highlighted that the performance of enabling oral delivery formulations of weak bases in aqueous media can be enhanced at different levels. At one end initial dissolution rate of ASDs can be tailored by introducing hydrotropes or/and bile salts within the polymeric matrix of ASDs. Bile salts, when combined with appropriate polymers, had also a precipitation inhibition effect enabling the maintenance of supersaturation for a bio-relevant period of time. These results set the ground for further investigations to comprehend specific interactions between bile salts and APIs, and potentially polymers at the molecular level. It will be interesting to explore how such complex systems can be exploited in the formulation design of poorly water-soluble APIs. In addition, it was observed that the duration of supersaturation generated by salts/co-crystals can be extended by the pertinent selection of counterions or coformers. The in vivo relevance of these tunings remains to be evaluated, as translation from closed, in vitro systems to the highly dynamic gastrointestinal environment is not straightforward. A better understanding of the contribution of each kinetic stage (dissolution, supersaturation, and precipitation) and their interplay with physiological factors impacting absorption is essential to facilitate the design of formulations with improved pharmacokinetics.
Two chiral chemical molecules being mirror images of each other, also referred to as enantiomers, may have different pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamic, and toxicological effects. Thus, pharmaceutical manufacturers and authorities are increasingly interested in the approval of enantiopure drugs. However, the isomeric purity and the limits for isomeric impurities have to be specified applying enantioselective analytical methods, such as capillary electrophoresis.
The separation of enantiomers in capillary electrophoresis may be improved by the addition of ionic liquids to the background electrolyte. The aim of this work was to investigate the influence of different separation conditions on the enantioseparation of phenethylamines in background electrolytes containing ionic liquids based on tetrabutylammonium cations.
Best chiral separations were achieved at acidic pH values using phosphate buffers containing 125 mmol/L tetrabutylammonium based salts. Different reasons explaining enhanced enantioseparations in buffers containing ionic liquids were found. First, due to an improvement of the cyclodextrin solubility, the addition of ionic liquids to the background electrolyte enables the use of higher concentrations of these chiral selector. Furthermore, the adsorption of tetrabutylammonium cations to the negatively charged capillary surface results in a reduction of the electroosmotic flow. Hence, the resulting prolongation of migration times leads to a longer period of time for the separation of temporarily formed diastereomeric analyte cyclodextrin complexes, which yields improved enantioseparation. Additionally, due to a decrease of the adsorption of positively charged phenethylamine analyte molecules to capillary surface silanol groups, the adsorption of ionic liquid cations inhibits peak broadening. A further reason explaining an enhanced enantioseparation by the addition of ionic liquids to the background electrolyte is a competition between tetrabutylammonium cations and analyte enantiomers for the inclusion into cyclodextrin cavities.
Furthermore, the influence of different chiral counterions, combined with tetrabutylammonium cations, on the enantioseparation of phenethylamines was investigated. Solely anions based on the basic proteinogenic amino acids L lysine and L arginine yielded chiral separation results superior to those achieved using achiral tetrabutylammonium chloride as background electrolyte additive. Especially the application of tetrabutylammonium L argininate gave very good enantioseparations of all investigated ephedrine derivatives, which might be explained by the ability of L arginine to affect the formation of complexes between analytes and cyclodextrins.
Besides the investigation of the influence of ionic liquids on the enantioseparation, complexes between phenethylamine enantiomers and β cyclodextrin derivatives were characterized by affinity capillary electrophoresis. The binding constants between analyte enantiomers and cyclodextrins and the electrophoretic mobilities of the temporarily formed complexes were determined and compared to the observed chiral resolution values. While neither the calculated binding constants nor their differences correlated with the quality of the enantioseparation, a strong correlation between the differences of the electrophoretic mobilities of the complexes and the chiral resolution values was found.
Development of Novel Quinolone Amides Against the African Sleeping Sickness - A Fluorine Walk
(2019)
In recent years the transmission of the Human African Trypanosomiasis could be significantly reduced. The reported cases in 2016 reached a historic low level of 2184 cases and these achievements can be ascribed to intense control and surveillance programmes.118 However, most of the reported cases (>1000 in 2015) occurred in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and thus, need to be treated adequately. In particular, when the parasites have traversed the blood-brain barrier (BBB), treatment proved to be even more difficult. In addition, the number of cases always came in waves due to many reasons, e.g., development of resistances. Thus, it can be expected from experiences of the past that the number of cases will increase again. Hence, novel chemical entities are desperately needed in order to overcome the drawbacks which are associated with the current treatment options.
Our drug discovery approach included an initial drug repurposing strategy combined with a phenotypic screening. S. Niedermeier found novel active compounds derived from commercial fluoroquinolones. The most promising hit compound was further developed by G. Hiltensperger resulting in the lead quinolone amide GHQ168 (IC50 = 0.047 µM).
This doctoral thesis is about new insights into the SAR of the quinolone amides and the enhancement of the lead compound. Special consideration was given to the fluorine atom in the quinolone amides and how certain fluorine substitution patterns influence the antitrypanosomal activity, physicochemical properties and pharmacokinetics (i.e. ‘fluorine walk’). Moreover, the ability of the compound class crossing the BBB should be investigated. This feature is inevitable necessary in order to potentially treat African sleeping sickness stage II.
The Gould-Jacobs protocol was predominantly used for the synthesis of the quinolone core. Since former SAR studies mainly concentrated on the variation in positions 1, 3 and 7, quinolone scaffolds (2a-i) with diverse substitution patterns regarding positions 5, 6, 7 and 8 were synthesised in this thesis. The resulting quinolone amides were evaluated for their antitrypanosomal activity.
Voluminous residues in position C-5 resulted in diminished activities (compounds 13, 16 and 18) and solely small-sized moieties were tolerated. In particular the fluorine atom in position 5 revealed beneficial trypanocidal effects as shown for compounds 6 (IC50 = 0.05 µM), 8 (IC50 = 0.04 µM), and 24 (IC50 = 0.02 µM). Furthermore, having fluorine only in position 5 of the quinolone core could considerably reduce the cytotoxic effects (CC50 >100 µM, SI = >2000 for 6). Hence, the 5-fluoro-substituted quinolone amides were considered superior to GHQ168.
Regarding the C-6 position all other moieties (e.g., H in 9, OCH3 in 10, CF3 in 12) except of a fluorine atom decreased the activity against Trypanosoma brucei brucei. A double fluorination in C-6 and C-8 was not beneficial (IC50 = 0.06 µM for 7) and a single fluorine atom in C-8 even showed a negative effect (IC50 = 0.79 µM for 5).
The logP value is considered a surrogate parameter for lipophlicity and thus, affecting permeability and solubility processes. In particular the fluorine atom influences the lipophilicity due to versatile effects: Lipophilicity is increased by additional fluorine atoms on aromatic rings (7, 23) and reduced by fluorine atoms at an alkyl chain (49), respectively. Additionally, the 5-fluoro-substituted quinolone amides (6, 8, and 24) could prove the contrary effect of decreasing lipophilicity when the aromatic fluorine substituent is in vicinity to a carbonyl group.
For the most promising drug candidates 6, 23, and 24 the respective metabolites and the metabolic turnover were investigated by C. Erk. In comparison to GHQ168 the hydroxylation of the benzylamide was prevented by the para-fluorine atom. Hence, half-life was extended for compound 23 (t1/2 = 6.4 h) and N-desalkylation was the predominant pathway. Moreover, the respective fluorine substitution pattern of the quinolone core affected the metabolism of compound 6. The 5-fluoro-substituted quinolone amide was less prone for biotransformation (t1/2 = 7.2 h) and half-life could even be further prolonged for compound 24 (t1/2 = 7.7 h).
Due to the most appropriate safety profile of compound 6, this particular drug candidate was considered for in vivo study. Its poor solubility made a direct intraperitoneal administration unfeasible. Thus, an amorphous solid dispersion of 6 was generated using the spray-drying method according to the previous protocol. Unfortunately, the required solubility for the predicted in vivo study was not achieved.
Furthermore, the compound class of the quinolone amide was evaluated for its ability for brain penetration. The methanesulfonyl precursor 48 was synthesised and subsequently radiofluorinated in the group of Prof. Dr. Samnick (Department of Nuclear Medicine, University Hospital of Würzburg). The labelled compound [18F]49 was administered to mice, and its distribution throughout the body was analysed using positron emission tomography and autoradiography, respectively. The autoradiography of the murine brains revealed medium to high concentrations of [18F]49. Therefore, the quinolone amides are generally suitable for treating Human African Trypanosomiasis stage II.
A scaffold hopping approach was performed starting from the quinolone amides and concluding with the compound class of pyrazoloquinolin-3-ones. The intramolecular hydrogen bond between the sec. amide and the C-4 carbonyl moiety was replaced by a covalent bond. The two compound classes were comparable regarding the antitrypanosomal activity to some degree (IC50 = 7.9 µM (EK02) vs. 6.37 µM (53a)). However, a final evaluation of 59 was not possible due to poor solubility.
Upon approval of a drug, the stability of the API and the FPP has to be studied intensively because it determines the shelf-life. If a drug is found to be stable, the expiry date is arbitrary set to five years at the maximum, if a drug tends to undergo degradation, the expiry date is set shorter. The drug product must comply with predefined specifications in accordance with the ICH guidelines Q6A and Q6B during its entire market life. The content of the active substance is required to be within a specification of 95–105% of its labeled claim until expiry corresponding to the ICH guideline Q1A(R2). However, there is little or scattered literature information addressing the stability of drug products beyond their expiry dates. The objective of this thesis was to study and assess the long-term stability of a collection involving numerous pure drug substances and ampoules manufactured in the 20th century. The content and the impurity profile were examined by means of appropriate analytical methods, mainly using liquid chromatography. The results were compared to data being available in the literature. Assessing the stability regarding the dosage form and the affiliation of the drug class was conducted.
The experimental studies comprise the examination of 50 drug substances manufactured 20–30 years ago and 14 long expired ampoules which were older than 40 years in the time of analysis, exceeding many times the maximum shelf life of five years.
For investigation of the solid drug substances, pharmacopoeial methods were applied as far as possible. Indeed, results of the study showed that 44 tested substances still complied with the specification of the Ph. Eur. with regard to the content and impurity profile, even after more than two decades of storage.
For analysis of the injection solutions, HPLC-UV and HPLC-ESI/MS techniques were applied, commonly based on liquid chromatography methods of the Ph. Eur. for determination of related substances. Each method was further validated for its application to ensure accurate API quantification corresponding to ICH Q2(R1). Quite a few ampoules were identified to show surprisingly high stability. In spite of their age of 53–72 years, APIs such as caffeine, etilefrine, synephrine, metamizole sodium, furosemide, and sodium salicylate complied with the specified content that is valid nowadays, respectively. Nevertheless, typical degradation reaction, e.g. hydrolysis, oxidation, or isomerization, was observed in all remaining ampoules. Various degrees of hydrolysis were revealed for scopolamine, procaine, and adenosine triphosphate, the contents were decreased to 71%, 70%, and 15% of the declared concentrations, respectively. In the epinephrine and dipyridamole ampoules, oxidative degradation has been occurred, finding respective API contents of more or less 70%. For dihydroergotamine, excessive decomposition by epimerization was observed, resulting in an API content of 21% and degradation by isomerization was found in lobeline, still containing 64% of the labeled claim.
In conclusion, supported by the data of the present studies and the literature, defining and authorizing a longer shelf-life may be applicable to numerous pharmaceuticals which should be considered by pharmaceutical manufacturers and regulatory authorities, if justified based on stability studies. A general extension of the shelf-lives of drug products and the abolishment or extension of the maximum shelf-life limit of five years would prevent disposing of still potent medications and save a lot of money to the entire health care system.
Articular cartilage lesions that occur upon intensive sport, trauma or degenerative disease represent a severe therapeutic problem. At present, osteoarthritis is the most common joint disease worldwide, affecting around 10% of men and 18% of women over 60 years of age (302). The poor self-regeneration capacity of cartilage and the lack of efficient therapeutic treatment options to regenerate durable articular cartilage tissue, provide the rationale for the development of new treatment options based on cartilage tissue engineering approaches (281). The integrated use of cells, biomaterials and growth factors to guide tissue development has the potential to provide functional substitutes of lost or damaged tissues (2,3). For the regeneration of cartilage, the availability of mesenchymal stromal cells (MSCs) or their recruitment into the defect site is fundamental (281). Due to their high proliferation capacity, the possibility to differentiate into chondrocytes and their potential to attract other progenitor cells into the defect site, bone marrow-derived mesenchymal stromal cells (BMSCs) are still regarded as an attractive cell source for cartilage tissue engineering (80). However, in order to successfully engineer cartilage tissue, a better understanding of basic principles of developmental processes and microenvironmental cues that guide chondrogenesis is required.
The aim of this thesis was the application of the functional prepolymer NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO) for the development of new biomaterials. First, the influence of the star-shaped polymers on the mechanical properties of biocements and bone adhesives was investigated. 3-armed star-shaped macromers were used as an additive for a mineral bone cement, and the influence on the mechanical properties was studied. Additionally, a previously developed bone adhesive was examined regarding cytocompatibility. The second topic was the examination of novel functionalization steps which were performed on the surface of electrospun fibers modified with NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO). This established method of functionalizing electrospun meshes was advanced regarding the modification with proteins which was then demonstrated in a biological application. Two different kinds of antibodies were immobilized on the fiber surface in a consecutive manner and the influence of these proteins on the cell behavior was investigated. The final topic involved the quantification of surface-bound peptide sequences. By functionalization of the peptides with the UV-reactive molecule 2-mercaptopyridine it was possible to quantify this compound via UV measurements by cleavage of disulfide bridges and indirectly draw conclusions about the number of immobilized peptides.
In the field of mineral biocements and bone adhesives, NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO) was able to influence the setting behavior and mechanical performance of mineral bone cements based on calcium phosphate chemistry. The addition of NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO) resulted in a pseudo-ductile fracture behavior due to the formation of a hydrogel network in the cement, which was then mineralized by nanosized hydroxyapatite crystals following cement setting. Accordingly, a commercially available aluminum silicate cement from civil engineering could be modified.
In addition, it could be shown that the use of NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO) is beneficial for adjusting specific material properties of bone adhesives. Here, the crosslinking behavior of the prepolymer in an aqueous medium was exploited to form an interpenetrating network (IPN) together with a photochemically curing poly(ethylene glycol) dimethacrylate (PEGDMA) matrix. This could be used for the development of a bone adhesive with an improved adhesion to bone in a wet environment. The developed bone adhesive was further investigated in terms of possible influences of the initiator systems. In addition, the material system was tested for cytocompatibility by using different cell lines.
Moreover, the preparation of electrospun fiber meshes via solution electrospinning consisting of poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLGA) as a backbone polymer and NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO) as functional additive is an established method for the application of the meshes as a replacement of the native extracellular matrix (ECM). In general, these fibers reveal diameters in the nanometer range, are protein and cell repellent due to the hydrophilic properties of the prepolymer and show a specific biofunctionalization by immobilization of peptide sequences. Here, the isocyanate groups presented on the fiber surface after electrospinning were used to carry out various functionalization steps, while retaining the properties of protein and cell repellency. The modification of the electrospun fibers involved the immobilization of analogs or antagonists of tumor necrosis factor (TNF) and the indirect detection of these by interaction with a light-producing enzyme. Here, a multimodal modification of the fiber surface with RGD to mediate cell adhesion and two different antibodies could be achieved. After culturing the cell line HT1080, the pro- or anti-inflammatory response of cells could be detected by IL-8 specific ELISA measurements.
Furthermore, the quantification of molecules on the surface of electrospun fibers was investigated. It was tested whether the detection by means of super-resolution microscopy would be possible. Therefore, experiments were performed with short amino acid sequences such as RGD for quantification by fluorescence microscopy. Based on earlier results, in which a UV-spectrometrically active molecule was used to detect the quantification of RGD, it was shown that short peptides can also be quantified in a small scale on flat functional substrates (2D) such as NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO) hydrogel coatings, and modified electrospun fibers produced from PLGA and NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO) (3D). In addition, a collagen sequence was used to prove that a successful quantification can be carried out as well for longer peptide chains.
These studies have revealed that NCO-sP(EO-stat-PO) can serve as a functional additive for many applications and should be considered for further studies on the development of novel biomaterials. The rapid crosslinking reaction, the resulting hydrogel formation and the biocompatibility are to be mentioned as positive properties, which makes the prepolymer interesting for future applications.
Functionalization of cells, extracellular matrix components and proteins for therapeutic application
(2019)
Glycosylation is a biochemical process leading to the formation of glycoconjugates by linking glycans (carbohydrates) to proteins, lipids and various small molecules. The glycans are formed by one or more monosaccharides that are covalently attached, thus offering a broad variety depending on their composition, site of glycan linkage, length and ramification. This special nature provides an exceptional and fine tunable possibility in fields of information transfer, recognition, stability and pharmacokinetic. Due to their intra- and extracellular omnipresence, glycans fulfill an essential role in the regulation of different endogenous processes (e.g. hormone action, immune surveillance, inflammatory response) and act as a key element for maintenance of homeostasis. The strategy of metabolic glycoengineering enables the integration of structural similar but chemically modified monosaccharide building blocks into the natural given glycosylation pathways, thereby anchoring them in the carbohydrate architecture of de novo synthesized glycoconjugates. The available unnatural sugar molecules which are similar to endogenous sugar molecules show minimal perturbation in cell function and - based on their multitude functional groups - offer the potential of side directed coupling with a target substance/structure as well as the development of new biological properties. The chemical-enzymatic strategy of glycoengineering provides a valuable complement to genetic approaches.
This thesis primarily focuses on potential fields of application for glycoengineering and its further use in clinic and research. The last section of this work outlines a genetic approach, using special Escherichia coli systems, to integrate chemically tunable amino acids into the biosynthetic pathway of proteins, enabling specific and site-directed coupling with target substances. With the genetic information of the methanogen archaea, Methanosarcina barkeri, the E. coli. system is able to insert a further amino acid, the pyrrolysine, at the ribosomal site during translation of the protein. The natural stop-codon UAG (amber codon) is used for this newly obtained proteinogenic amino acid.
Chapter I describes two systems for the integration of chemically tunable monosaccharides and presents methods for characterizing these systems. Moreover, it gives a general overview of the structure as well as intended use of glycans and illustrates different glycosylation pathways. Furthermore, the strategy of metabolic glycoengineering is demonstrated. In this context, the structure of basic building blocks and the epimerization of monosaccharides during their metabolic fate are discussed.
Chapter II translates the concept of metabolic glycoengineering to the extracellular network produced by fibroblasts. The incorporation of chemically modified sugar components in the matrix provides an innovative, elegant and biocompatible method for site-directed coupling of target substances. Resident cells, which are involved in the de novo synthesis of matrices, as well as isolated matrices were characterized and compared to unmodified resident cells and matrices. The natural capacity of the matrix can be extended by metabolic glycoengineering and enables the selective immobilization of a variety of therapeutic substances by combining enzymatic and bioorthogonal reaction strategies. This approach expands the natural ability of extracellular matrix (ECM), like the storage of specific growth factors and the recruitment of surface receptors along with synergistic effects of bound substances. By the selection of the cell type, the production of a wide range of different matrices is possible.
Chapter III focuses on the target-oriented modification of cell surface membranes of living fibroblast and human embryonic kidney cells. Chemically modified monosaccharides are inserted by means of metabolic glycoengineering and are then presented on the cell surface. These monosaccharides can later be covalently coupled, by “strain promoted azide-alkyne cycloaddition“ (SPAAC) and/or “copper(I)-catalyzed azide-alkyne cycloaddition“ (CuAAC), to the target substance. Due to the toxicity of the copper catalysator in the CuAAC, cytotoxicity analyses were conducted to determine the in vivo tolerable range for the use of CuAAC on living cell systems. Finally, the efficacy of both bioorthogonal reactions was compared.
Chapter IV outlines two versatile carrier – spacer – payload delivery systems based on an enzymatic cleavable linker, triggered by disease associated protease. In the selection of carrier systems (i) polyethylene glycol (PEG), a well-studied, Food and Drug Administration approved substance and very common tool to increase the pharmacokinetic properties of therapeutic agents, was chosen as a carrier for non-targeting systems and (ii) Revacept, a human glycoprotein VI antibody, was chosen as a carrier for targeting systems. The protease sensitive cleavable linker was genetically inserted into the N-terminal region of fibroblast growth factor 2 (FGF-2) without jeopardizing protein activity. By exchanging the protease sensitive sequence or the therapeutic payload, both systems represent a promising and adaptable approach for establishing therapeutic systems with bioresponsive release, tailored to pre-existing conditions.
In summary, by site-specific functionalization of various delivery platforms, this thesis establishes an essential cornerstone for promising strategies advancing clinical application. The outlined platforms ensure high flexibility due to exchanging single or multiple elements of the system, individually tailoring them to the respective disease or target site.
Molecular Effects of Polyphenols in Experimental Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus and Metabolic Syndrome
(2019)
The growing prevalence of type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) demands novel therapeutic and adjuvant strategies. Polyphenols (PPs) are plant secondary metabolites. Epidemiological studies demonstrate an inverse relationship between their increased intake and the risk of development of T2DM and cardiovascular complications. However, the PPs’ mechanism of action remains largely unknown. The present work aimed to expand knowledge regarding the effects of PPs on diabetes relevant molecular targets.
Pycnogenol® (PYC) is a standardized pine bark extract which consists of oligomeric and monomeric PPs. Its anti-diabetic effects have been demonstrated in clinical trials. As a part of a human study involving 20 healthy volunteers, the extract’s effects on dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP IV) were investigated. This protease terminates the insulin secretagogue action of incretins. Its inhibition is a promising strategy in T2DM treatment. This study uncovered that PYC-intake of 100 mg daily over 14 days statistically significantly reduced DPP IV serum concentrations by 8.2 % (n= 38, p= 0.032). Contrary to expectations, this decrease was not paralleled by a reduction in the serum DPP IV enzymatic activity. To the best of our knowledge, the present study was the first investigating the effects of PPs on DPP IV serum concentrations and activities in humans. The finding that PYC is capable of reducing DPP IV serum concentrations might be important with regard to diabetes, where DPP IV levels are increased.
Screenings for PPs’ in vitro effects on DPP IV activity were performed employing a purified enzyme. The effects of tested PPs (among which PYC ingredients) at a physiologically relevant concentration of 5 µM were weak (< 10 %) and too small compared to the reference compound sitagliptin, and thus not likely to be clinically relevant. This result is in discordance with some published data, but consistent with the outcome from the present human study. In addition, fluorescence interactions with the experimental setup were registered: under certain conditions urolithin B exhibited an autofluorescence which might mask eventual inhibitory activity. Quercetin quenched the fluorescence slightly which might contribute to false positive results. No statistically significant effects of selected constituents and metabolites of PYC on the total DPP IV protein expression were observed in 3T3-L1 adipocytes. Thus, the lower DPP IV in vivo concentrations after intake of PYC cannot be explained with down-regulation of the DPP IV expression in adipocytes.
Akt kinase is responsible for the transmission of insulin signals and its dysregulation is related to insulin resistance and plays an important role in development of cardiovascular complications in T2DM. Thus, the modulation of the phosphorylation status of endothelial Akt-kinase, respectively its activity, might be a promising strategy in the management of these pathologies. This work aimed to uncover the effects of PPs from different structural subclasses on Akt-phosphorylation (pAkt) in endothelial cells (Ea.hy926). Short-term effects (5 – 30 min) were investigated at a concentration of 10 µM. In a pilot study two model PPs induced a moderate, but reproducible inhibition of pAkt Ser473 of 52.37 ± 21.01 % (quercetin; p= 0.006, n= 3) and 37.79 ± 7.14 % (resveratrol; p= 0.021, n= 4) compared to the negative control. A primary screening with Western blot analysis investigated the effects of eight compounds from different subclasses on pAkt Ser473 and Thr308 to reveal whether the observed inhibition PPs a group effect or specific to certain compounds. In addition to resveratrol and quercetin, statistically significant inhibitions of pAkt Ser473 were induced by luteolin (29.96 ± 11.06 %, p< 0.01, n= 6) and apigenin (22.57 ± 10.30 %, p< 0.01, n= 6). In contrast, genistein, 3,4,5-trimethoxystilbene, taxifolin and (+)-catechin caused no inhibition. A strong positive and statistically significant correlation between the mean inhibitory effects of the tested PPs on both Akt-residues Ser473 and Thr308 (r= 0.9478, p= 0.0003) was determined. A comprehensive secondary screening via ELISA involving 44 compounds from nine structural groups quantified the effects of PPs on pAkt Ser473 to uncover potential structure-activity features. The most potent inhibitors were luteolin (44.31 ± 17.95 %), quercetin (35.71 ± 8.33 %), urolithin A (35.28 ± 11.80 %), apigenin (31.79 ± 6.16 %), fisetin (28.09 ± 9.09 %), and resveratrol (26.04 ± 5.58 %). These effects were statistically significant (p< 0.01, n= 3 to 6). Further lead structure optimization might be based on the fact that the effects of luteolin and resveratrol also differed statistically significantly from each other (p= 0.008).
To the best of our knowledge, the present study is the first to compare quantitatively the short term effects of PPs from different subclasses on pAkt in endothelial cells. Basic structure-activity relationships revealed that for flavones and flavonols the presence of a C2=C3 double bond (ring C) was essential for inhibitory activity and hydroxylation on the m- and p- positions in the ring B contributed to it. For stilbenoids, three free OH-groups appeared to be optimal. The comparison of the inhibitory potentials of ellagic acid and its microbial metabolites showed that urolithin A was statistically significantly more effective than its progenitor compound. Despite their structural similarities, the only active compound among all urolithins tested was urolithin A, hydroxylated at the C3 and C8 positions. This suggested a specific effect for urolithin A. Based on the common structural determinants and molecular geometry of the most active PPs a pharmacophore model regarding Akt-inhibition was proposed.
In summary, the effects of a wide variety of PPs from diverse structural subclasses on the in vitro phosphorylation of endothelial Akt were quantitatively analyzed for the first time, the effects of previously undescribed compounds were determined and structure activity relationships were elucidated. The inhibitory potential of individual PPs might be beneficial in cases of sustained over-activation of Akt-kinase and its substrates such as S6 kinase as reported for certain T2DM-related pathological states, such as insulin resistance, endothelial dysfunction, excessive angiogenesis, vascular calcification, and insulin triggered DNA-damage. The results of the present work suggest potential molecular mechanisms of action of PP involving Akt-inhibition and DPP IV-down-regulation and thus contribute to the understanding of anti-diabetic effects of these compounds on the molecular level.
In the „Position Paper of the Division of Clinical Pharmacy of the German Pharmaceutical Society (DPhG)” clinical pharmacy is defined as the science and practice of the rational use of drugs1, which includes the individualization of drug therapy. Clinical pharmacists therefore need a profound knowledge of the pharmacokinetic properties of relevant drugs, and clinical factors that are influencing these properties.
Against the background of individualizing drug therapy, pharmacokinetic and clinical factors are studied in this thesis.
In order to obtain an overview of the existing data on the pharmacokinetics of imipenem / cilastatin and meropenem in critically ill patients, a literature review for each of these carbapenem antibiotics was performed. These reviews included studies in critically ill patients as well as studies in healthy volunteers. While the reported results of studies in healthy volunteers had a small variability, studies in critically ill patients show significant differences in the resulting pharmacokinetics. These differences were not only between, but also within these studies, resulting in a high variability of the pharmacokinetic parameters of the carbapenems in critically ill patients. Furthermore, the results of studies in critically ill patients indicate that clinical factors and in particular renal function have different effects on the pharmacokinetics of imipenem and cilastatin.
A therapeutic drug monitoring (TDM) program for antibiotics was initiated in an intensive care unit. The calculation of the pharmacokinetics of imipenem / cilastatin and meropenem was carried out with a population pharmacokinetic approach (POP-PK) and in addition with a non-compartmental approach (NCA).
The POP-PK analysis showed that the pharmacokinetics of imipenem and cilastatin could be described adequately with a 1-compartment model. The resulting mean total body clearance (CL) of imipenem and cilastatin was 11.6 L/h (4.24 to 27.5) and 6.14 L/h (0.520 to 26.6 L/h). The nonrenal clearance was estimated to be 5.30 L / h (24.9% CV) for imipenem and 0.138 L / h (33.3% CV) for cilastatin.
The results of the NCA were in good agreement with the results of the POP-PK approach, as the NCA resulted in an imipenem clearance of 15.5 ± 7.3 L / hr and cilastatin clearance of 10.1 ± 9.9 L / h. The individual clearances resulting from the different pharmacokinetic approaches were in good correlation showing correlation coefficients (r) of 0.882 (p <0.001) and 0.908 (p <0.001) for imipenem and cilastatin.
In summary, this study identified and quantified significant differences between the individual clearance mechanisms of imipenem and cilastatin. This is particularly true for patients with impaired renal function and sepsis. As imipenem / cilastatin is only available in a fixed dose combination, those patients might be treated inadequately with this combination. The great variability in the pharmacokinetics of imipenem and cilastatin in septic patients underscores the importance of a TDM program of both substances.
For meropenem, a PK/PD model was developed that predicts the concentration gradients of meropenem, serum creatinine, C-reactive protein and procalcitonin simultaneously. A non-linear relationship between the clearance of creatinine and meropenem was identified and the resulting equation for the calculation of the total body clearance of meropenem (for a 70 kg patient) was: 0.480 L/h + 9.86 L/h. (CLCR/6L/h)0.593, with 0.480 L/h representing the nonrenal clearance of meropenem.
The resulting mean meropenem clearance of the NCA was 11.9 ± 8.7 L/h. The individual clearances resulting from the different pharmacokinetic approaches were poorly correlated showing a correlation coefficient (r) of 0.502 (p <0.001).
In summary, this study showed a non-linear relationship of meropenem clearance and creatinine clearance. The model shows that the renal function may change rapidly and to a significant extent in patients with sepsis and septic shock, which in turn, underscores that creatinine concentrations are not in steady state in these patients. Conversely, dose adjustment based on creatinine values might lead to inappropriate therapy. This underlines the importance of a TDM program for meropenem in critically ill patients.
The two most important considerations when choosing an antibiotic for the prophylaxis of postoperative bone infections are its activity against the whole spectrum of bacteria, which might be involved in bone infections, and its ability to penetrate bone tissue and thus to achieve concentrations above the minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) of the corresponding pathogens.
In order to gain information on this data, a study was conducted which investigated the pharmacokinetics of ampicillin / sulbactam in plasma, cortical and cancellous bone. Pharmacokinetic parameters in plasma were determined using NCA. The bone penetration represents the ratio of the concentration in the bone tissue to plasma concentration at the time of bone removal. The resulting half-life of ampicillin and sulbactam in plasma was 1.60 0.37 h and 1.70 0.42 h. The elimination of both substances was in a good correlation with creatinine clearance and resulted in correlation coefficients (r) of 0.729 (p = 0.003) for ampicillin and 0.699 (p = 0.005) for sulbactam. The mean clearance and the mean volume of distribution of ampicillin and sulbactam were 10.7 3.9 and 10.3 3.3 L/h, and 23.9 7.9 and 24.3 6.8 L. The mean concentrations of ampicillin in the cortical and cancellous bone were 6.60 4.22 and 10.15 7.40 µg/g, resulting in bone penetration ratios of 9.1 5.7 and 16.2 16.9 %. For sulbactam the corresponding concentrations were 3.91 2.52 and 5.73 4.20 µg/g, resulting in bone penetration ratios of 10.6 6.3 and 17.5 16.1 %.
In summary, this study shows that the bone penetration of both substances is on average rather unsatisfactory and has a high variability, which can lead to inadequate bone concentrations for the prophylaxis of bone infections. One factor that could be identified for the penetration of both substances into cancellous bone was the period between the application of the drug and the removal of the bone. Therefore, a time interval between the administration of the antibiotic and the incision should be considered.
Immunosuppression is a risk factor for the development of various malignancies, including hematologic diseases. While the relationship between the use of immunosuppressive therapy with methotrexate and the development of an Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) associated lymphoproliferative disease (LPD) has been well established, this connection is less evident for immunosuppressive therapy with azathioprine.
The patient presented by us was immunosuppressed with azathioprine for autoimmune hepatitis. The development of an EBV-associated Hodgkin-like lymphoma under this immunosuppressive therapy and especially the regression of the lymphoma after cessation of azathioprine confirms the relationship between this immunosuppressant, EBV-infection and the development of Hodgkin-like lymphoma. Therefore, albeit in rare cases, azathioprine-related lymphomas may respond to mere cessation of immunosuppressive therapy without need for chemotherapy.
Apart from viral infections, drugs are a major cause of acute liver failure. Due to the lack of specific symptoms or tests, it is difficult to diagnose a drug-induced liver injury. We report a case of a young patient in whom different antibiotics, the analgesic and antipyretic acetaminophen or a combination of these drugs may have led to DILI resulting in life-threatening ALF. Based on this case report, we describe a procedure to exclude non-drug related causes and discuss the hepatotoxic potential of the involved drugs in this case.
Assay and impurity profiling of the pharmaceuticals are the key routine quality control methods employed worldwide for which High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) is the most widely used technique. The ability to carry out these routine laboratory procedures in low- and middle- income countries (LMICs) need the methods to be based upon simple instruments manageable with moderate levels of personnel skill and costs involved.
Simple, convenient, and cost effective reverse phase HPLC methods were developed using phosphate buffer and methanol as mobile phase with C18 column as stationary phase for the impurity profiling and assay of beta lactam antibiotics. Isocratic elution and UV detection was employed in these methods. Impurity profiling method was developed for coamoxiclav tablets and ceftriaxone bulk drug. The method for ceftriaxone included a supplementary method to quantify one of its known impurity (Impurity D of ceftriaxone). This method involved use of acetonitrile where as the two main methods were achieved on the targeted method design, described above. With the exception of impurity A of ceftriaxone, the methods developed can successfully quantify impurities to the concentration as low as ≤0.05%, which is in accordance with the current guidelines for the impurity profiling of antibiotics issued by European Medicines Agency.
As ensuring cost reduction was one of the key objectives of carrying out the method development exercise, in situ methods for the preparation of impurities were also identified and some new methods were introduced. The stability of beta lactam antibiotics and the choice of solvent were given due attention during the process of method development revealing information on the presence of new impurities. Deacetyl cefotaxime and 2-mercaptobenzathiazole were identified in this process as new impurities of ceftriaxone currently not listed under known impurities by United States Pharmacopoeia and European Pharmacopoeia. However, deacetyl cefotaxime is a known impurity of cefotaxime whereas the latter molecule is a degradation product of one of the synthesis impurities of ceftriaxone. This substance is reported to be carcinogenic and is resolved using the supplementary method developed for ceftriaxone, hence making its detection and quantification possible. A known inactive impurity of ceftriaxone (Impurity A, E-isomer of ceftriaxone) was` also shown to be produced by exposure to day light, thus warranting the light protection of the ceftriaxone solution, an information that is of critical importance in the clinical settings.
A series of experimentation was carried out on the finished products of beta lactam antibiotics sampled from Pakistan and few other countries, to identify key quality issues in the samples. Though the limited sample size and convenient sampling did not provide results that could yield a decisive figure for the country status for prevalence of substandard and falsified medical products, but the experiments have clearly indicated that the problems in drug quality do exist and beta lactam antibiotics form a class of high-risk medicine with respect to surveillance for poor-quality medicines. Isolation of unknown impurities was also carried out along with the introduction of new and modified methods for preparation of impurities of beta-lactam antibiotics.
In addition, detailed literature survey was carried out for understanding the complex problem of the poor-quality medicine, impact of poor quality antimicrobials on health care system and the magnitude of the problem at the global level. The country status of Pakistan regarding quality of medicines was recorded based upon the available documentary evidence. The current technologies and strategic options available for low- and middle-income countries in aiding fight for combating poor quality medicines was also laid down to design recommendations for Pakistan. A comprehensive review of the information technology tools used for identification and control of substandard and falsified medicines was also conducted.
Insulin-like growth factor-I (IGF-I) is a 70-amino acid polypeptide with a molecular weight of approximately 7.6 kDa acting as an anabolic effector. It is essential for tissue growth and remodeling. Clinically, it is used for the treatment of growth disorders and has been proposed for various other applications including musculoskeletal diseases. Unlike insulin, IGF-I is complexed to at least six high-affinity binding proteins (IGFBPs) exerting homeostatic effects by modulating IGF-I availability to its receptor (IGF-IR) on most cells in the body as well as changing the distribution of the growth factor within the organism.1-3 Short half-lived IGF-I have been the driving forces for the design of localized IGF-I depot systems or protein modification with enhanced pharmacokinetic properties. In this thesis, we endeavor to present a versatile biologic into which galenical properties were engineered through chemical synthesis, e.g., by site-specific coupling of biomaterials or complex composites to IGF-I. For that, we redesigned the therapeutic via genetic codon expansion resulting in an alkyne introduced IGF-I, thereby becoming a substrate for biorthogonal click chemistries yielding a site-specific decoration.
In this approach, an orthogonal pyrrolysine tRNA synthetase (PylRS)/tRNAPyl CUA pair was employed to direct the co-translational incorporation of an unnatural amino acid—¬propargyl-L-lysine (plk)—bearing a clickable alkyne functional handle into IGF-I in response to the amber stop codon (UAG) introduced into the defined position in the gene of interest. We summarized the systematic optimization of upstream and downstream process alike with the ultimate goal to increase the yield of plk modified IGF-I therapeutic, from the construction of gene fusions resulting in (i) Trx-plk-IGF-I fusion variants, (ii) naturally occurring pro-IGF-I protein (IGF-I + Ea peptide) (plk-IGF-I Ea), over the subsequent bacterial cultivation and protein extraction to the final chromatographic purification. The opportunities and hurdles of all of the above strategies were discussed. Evidence was provided that the wild-type IGF-I yields were pure by exploiting the advantages of the pHisTrx expression vector system in concert with a thrombin enzyme with its highly specific proteolytic digestion site and multiple-chromatography steps. The alkyne functionality was successfully introduced into IGF-I by amber codon suppression. The proper folding of plk-IGF-I Ea was assessed by WST-1 proliferation assay and the detection of phosphorylated AKT in MG-63 cell lysate. The purity of plk-IGF-I Ea was monitored with RP-HPLC and SDS-PAGE analysis. This work also showed site-specific coupling an alkyne in plk-IGF-I Ea by copper (I)-catalyzed azide-alkyne cycloaddition (CuAAC) with potent activities in vitro. The site-specific immobilization of plk-IGF-I Ea to the model carrier (i.e., agarose beads) resulted in enhanced cell proliferation and adhesion surrounding the IGF-I-presenting particles. Cell proliferation and differentiation were enhanced in the accessibility of IGF-I decorated beads, reflecting the multivalence on cellular performance.
Next, we aimed at effectively showing the disease environment by co-delivery of fibroblast growth factor 2 (FGF2) and IGF-I, deploying localized matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) upregulation as a surrogate marker driving the response of the drug delivery system. For this purpose, we genetically engineered FGF2 variant containing an (S)-2-amino-6-(((2-azidoethoxy)carbonyl)amino)hexanoic acid incorporated at its N-terminus, followed by an MMPs-cleavable linker (PCL) and FGF2 sequence, thereby allowing site-directed, specific decoration of the resultant azide-PCL-FGF2 with the previously mentioned plk-IGF-I Ea to generate defined protein-protein conjugates with a PCL in between. The click reaction between plk-IGF-I Ea and azide-PCL-FGF2 was systematically optimized to increase the yield of IGF-FGF conjugates, including reaction temperature, incubation duration, the addition of anionic detergent, and different ratios of the participating biopharmaceutics. The challenge here was that CuAAC reaction components or conditions might oxidize free cysteines of azide-PCL-FGF2 and future work needs to present the extent of activity retention after conjugation. Furthermore, our study provides potential options for dual-labeling of IGF-I either by the introduction of unnatural amino acids within two distinct positions of the protein of interest for parallel “double-click” labeling of the resultant plk-IGF-I Ea-plk or by using a combination of enzymatic-catalyzed and CuAAC bioorthogonal coupling strategies for sequentially dual-labeling of plk-IGF-I Ea.
In conclusion, genetic code expansion in combination with click-chemistry provides the fundament for novel IGF-I analogs allowing unprecedented site specificity for decoration. Considerable progress towards IGF-I based therapies with enhanced pharmacological properties was made by demonstrating the feasibility of the expression of plk incorporated IGF-I using E. coli and retained activity of unconjugated and conjugated IGF-I variant. Dual-labeling of IGF-I provides further insights into the functional requirements of IGF-I. Still, further investigation warrants to develop precise IGF-I therapy through unmatched temporal and spatial regulation of the pleiotropic IGF-I.
GPCRs, particularly muscarinic receptors (mAChRs), are significant therapeutic targets in many physiological conditions. The significance of dualsteric hybrids selectively targeting mAChR subtypes is their great advantage in avoiding undesired side effects. This is attained by exploitation of the high affinity of ligand-binding to the orthosteric site and the structural diversity of the allosteric site to target an individual mAChR subtype, as well as offering signal bias to avoiding undesired transduction pathways. Furthermore, dualsteric targeting of mAChR subtypes helps in the elucidation of the physiological role of each individual mAChR subtype.
The first project was the attempt of synthesis of the M2-preferring ligand AFDX-384. AFDX-384 is known to preferentially bind to the M2 receptor subtype as an orthosteric antagonist, with partial interaction with residues in the allosteric site. This project aimed to re-trace the synthesis route of AFDX-384, to open the door to its upscaling and the future synthesis of AFDX-type dualsteric ligands. The multi-step synthesis of AFDX-384 is achieved through the synthesis of its 2 precursors, the chloro acyl derivative VIII and the piperidinyl derivative IV. Upscaled synthesis of the piperidinyl derivative IV was attained. Synthesis of the chloro acyl compound VIII was attempted. Several trials to synthesize the benzopyridodiazepine nucleus as well as its chloro-acylation resulted in the production of the novel crystal structures V and VI. X-ray crystallography was also done for crystallized molecules of the closed-ring benzopyridodiazepine VII that was previously synthesized. Chloro-acylation reactions of compound VII using phosgene seem to be attainable when done using reflux overnight. However, the use of methanol to aid in elution during silica gel column chromatography converted the expected product to the carbamate analogue IX. Hence, further attempts in purification should refrain from the use of methanol. The use of triphosgene instead of phosgene demonstrates a cleaner route for further upscaled synthesis.
The second project was the synthesis of dualsteric ligands involving variable orthosteric and allosteric moieties. Four different types of hybrids have been created over multiple steps. Dualsteric ligands have been synthesized using either a phthalimido- or 1,8-naphthalimidopropylamino moiety as the allosteric-binding group, coupled to either N-desmethyl pirenzepine or N-desmethyl clozapine using variable chain lengths. Furthermore, the synthesis of the dualsteric ligands involving N-desmethyl clozapine linked to either the super-agonist iperoxo or acetylcholine, and being connected using variable alkane chain lengths. Several reaction conditions have been investigated throughout the analysis of the optimal condition to conduct the critical final step of synthesis of these dualsteric hybrids, which involves the linking of the two segments of the hybrid together. The optimal method, which produced the least side products and highest yield, was to connect the two intermediates of the compound in absence of base, catalyst or microwaves while stirring at 35 °C for several days using acetonitrile as solvent (silica gel TLC monitoring, 0.2 M aqueous KNO3/MeOH 2:3). The ideal purification methods for the final compounds were found to be either crystallization from the reaction medium or using C18 reverse phase silica gel flash chromatography (using H2O/MeOH solvent system). All the hybrids will be subjected to pharmacological testing using the appropriate FRET assays.
Liquid chromatography has become the gold standard for modern quality control and purity analytics since its establishment in the 1930s. However, some analytical questions remain very challenging even today. Several molecules and impurities do not possess a suitable chromophore for the application of UV detection or cannot be retained well on regular RP columns. Possible solutions are found in derivatization procedures, but they are time consuming and can be prone to errors. In order to detect non chromophore molecules underivatized, the concept of aerosol based universal detection was established with the introduction of the evaporative light scattering detector (ELSD) in the 1970s and the charged aerosol detector (CAD) followed in 2002. These two challenging fields – polar and non chromophore molecules – are tackled in this thesis.
An overview of applications of the CAD in the literature and a comparison to its aerosol based competitors and MS is presented, emphasizing on its high sensitivity and robustness. Parameters and techniques to overcome the drawbacks of CAD, such as the use of gradient compensation or adjusted evaporation temperatures are discussed. A consideration of aspects and drawbacks of data transformation such as the integrated power function value (PFV) in the GMP environment is performed.
A method for the fatty acid analysis in polysorbate 80 that was developed on HPLC CAD was transferred to UHPLC CAD. Time and eluent savings of over 75% and 40%, respectively, as well as ways to determine the optimal CAD parameters resulted from this investigation. The evaporation temperature was determined as the most crucial setting, which has to be adjusted with care. Optimal signal to noise ratios are found at a compromise between maintaining analyte signal and reducing background noise. The incorporation of semi volatile short chain fatty acids enabled the observation of differences based on volatility of the analyte. E.g. for semi volatiles, an improved linearity by means of adjusting the PFV is achieved at values below 1.0 instead of at elevated PFVs.
Using sugars and sugar related antibiotics, a proof-of-concept was given that artificial neural networks can describe correlations between the structure and physicochemical properties of molecules and their response in CAD. Quantitative structure property relationships obtained by design of experiment approaches were able to predict the response of unseen substances and yielded insights on the response generation of the detector, which heavily relies on the formed surface area of the dried particle. Further work can substantiate upon these findings, eventually building a library of diverse eluent compositions, analytes and settings.
In order to cope with a chromatographically challenging substances, the application of ion pairing reversed phase chromatography coupled to low wavelength UV detection has been shown as a possible approach for the amino acid L asparagine. A method capable of compendial purity analysis in one single HPLC approach, thus making the utilization of the semi quantitative TLC-ninhydrin analysis obsolete, resulted from this. One cyclic dipeptide impurity (diketoasparagine) that was formerly not assessed, could be identified in several batches and added to the monograph of the Ph.Eur.
Studying ibandronate sodium with CAD and ELSD, it was found that randomly occurring spike peaks represent a major flaw of the ELSD when high sample load is present. The research with this non chromophore bisphosphonate drug furthermore shed light on possible drawbacks of mixed mode chromatography methods and ways to overcome these issues. Due to strong adsorption of the analyte onto the column, over ten injections of the highly concentrated test solution were found to be necessary to ensure reproducible peak areas. Preconditioning steps should thus be evaluated for mixed mode approaches during method development and validation.
Last, using a ternary mixed mode stationary phase coupled to CAD, a method for the impurity profiling of pamidronate disodium, also applicable to the assessment of phosphate and phosphite in four other bisphosphonate drugs, has been developed. This represents a major advantage over the Ph.Eur. impurity profiling of pamidronate, which requires two different methods, one of which is only a semi quantitative TLC approach.
The stability of Trp in pure solutions and in parenteral AA formulations was evaluated with regard to typically used manufacturing processes, storage conditions and primary packaging. Therefore, thorough stability studies on Trp solutions were conducted beforehand. The applied stressing method, i.e. steam sterilization by autoclave, are chemically seen relatively mild but showed to be efficient to induce Trp degradation in the presence of oxygen. Subsequent identification, separation and characterization were challenging due to similar substance properties, numerous stereoisomers and pairs of diastereomers found amongst them. However, the identified o-aminoacetophenone compounds, Kyn and NFK, are associated with photo reactivity and have photo-oxidizing properties. Thus, best possible protection from UV-light, together with strict oxygen expulsion, are the most important criteria to impede Trp degradation after autoclaving.
The identification of Trp degradation products was assisted by the compilation of a substance library, which included manifold reported and chemically plausible Trp degradation substances. The substances were classified for priority and their early or late-stage occurrence. The large number of possible substances and stereoisomers was narrowed down with the information retrieved from LC-UV/MS experiments. However, final identification was achieved by the synthesis of proposed substances as references. The following eight substances were characterized as Trp degradation substances: Kyn, NFK and three pairs of diastereomers R,R/R,S DiOia, R,R/R,S Oia and cis/trans PIC. Fig. 33 shows the proposed degradation pathway and demonstrates the close chemical relationship, which may be an explanation for the conversion of some substances into each other during the storage period. The proposed pathway brings together the results of different Trp stability and stressing studies, respectively [89, 94, 97, 98, 103, 133]. To our knowledge, the simultaneous formation of the identified degradation substances has not been reported before and especially not under the stressing conditions applied.
The application of a traditional RP-HPLC method was compared to two developed IP-HPLC methods and a RP-HPLC methods using a modified perfluorinated column. Orthogonal analyses methods and especially the combination of UV and MS detection are necessary in order to indicate potentially undetected degradation substances. Main evaluation criteria were the separation performance, analyses time, reproducibility and feasibility. The best results upon assessment of all Trp degradation products, in both; pure Trp solutions and pharmaceutical formulations, were obtained by a traditional RP-HPLC. The optimized method was validated according to ICH guidelines Q2(R1) and meets the criteria of a stability-indicating HPLC-UV method. The validated method has a sufficient separation performance with an adequate selectivity indicating the Trp degradation substances next to each other and next to other AAs in finished pharmaceutical formulations.
The detailed knowledge of Trp degradation and the method presented may be transferred practically to the pharmaceutical industry processing Trp-containing products. In general, the findings might contribute to the quality management of such pharmaceutical products during
manufacturing and storage. Additionally, the study results provide basic information for the establishment of an impurity consideration following the ICH guidelines Q3B (R2) (impurities in new drug products) for products containing Trp. However, further development of the method applying more sophisticated detectors or more potent HPLC techniques like e.g. UHPLC and the implication of more sensitive (MS) detectors like ToF-MS would be advantageous with regard to economic and practical aspects.
Chronic inflammatory diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular diseases, are associated with the homeostatic imbalance of one of several physiological systems combined with the lack of spontaneous remission, which causes the disease to persevere throughout patients’ lives. The inflammatory response relies mainly on tissue-resident, pro-inflammatory M1 type macrophages and, consequently, a chance for therapeutic intervention lies in driving macrophage polarization towards the anti-inflammatory M2 phenotype. Therefore, anti-inflammatory cytokines that promote M2 polarization, including interleukin-4 (IL4), have promising therapeutic potential. Unfortunately, their systemic use is hampered by a short serum half-life and dose-limiting toxicity. On the way towards cytokine therapies with superior safety and efficacy, this thesis is focused on designing bioresponsive delivery systems for the anti-inflammatory cytokine IL4.
Chapter 1 describes how anti-inflammatory cytokines are tightly regulated in chronic, systemic inflammation as in rheumatoid arthritis but also in acute, local inflammation as in myocardial infarction. Both diseases show a characteristic progression during which anti-inflammatory cytokine delivery is of variable benefit. A conventional, passive drug delivery system is unlikely to release the cytokines such that the delivery matches the dynamic course of the (patho-)physiological progress. This chapter presents a blueprint for active drug delivery systems equipped with a 24/7 inflammation detector that continuously senses for matrix metalloproteinases (MMP) as surrogate markers of the disease progress and responds by releasing cytokines into the affected tissues at the right time and place. Because they are silent during phases of low disease activity, bioresponsive depots could be used to treat patients in asymptomatic states, as a preventive measure. The drug delivery system only gets activated during flares of inflammation, which are then immediately suppressed by the released cytokine drug and could prevent the steady damage of subclinical chronic inflammation, and therefore reduce hospitalization rates.
In a first proof of concept study on controlled cytokine delivery (chapter 2), we developed IL4-decorated particles aiming at sustained and localized cytokine activity. Genetic code expansion was deployed to generate muteins with the IL4’s lysine 42 replaced by two different unnatural amino acids bearing a side chain suitable for click chemistry modification. The new IL4 muteins were thoroughly characterized to ensure proper folding and full bioactivity. Both muteins showed cell-stimulating ability and binding affinity to IL4 receptor alpha similar to those of wild type IL4. Copper-catalyzed (CuAAC) and strain-promoted (SPAAC) azide–alkyne cycloadditions were used to site-selectively anchor IL4 to agarose particles. These particles had sustained IL4 activity, as demonstrated by the induction of TF-1 cell proliferation and anti-inflammatory M2 polarization of M-CSF-generated human macrophages. This approach of site-directed IL4 anchoring on particles demonstrates that cytokine-functionalized particles can provide sustained and spatially controlled immune-modulating stimuli.
The idea of a 24/7 sensing, MMP driven cytokine delivery system, as described in the introductory chapter, was applied in chapter 3. There, we simulated the natural process of cytokine storage in the extracellular matrix (ECM) by using an injectable solution of IL4 for depot formation by enzyme-catalyzed covalent attachment to ECM components such as fibronectin. The immobilized construct is meant to be cleaved from the ECM by matrix-metalloproteinases (MMPs) which are upregulated during flares of inflammation. These two functionalities are facilitated by a peptide containing two sequences: a protease-sensitive peptide linker (PSL) for MMP cleavage and a sequence for covalent attachment by activated human transglutaminase FXIIIa (TGase) included in the injection mix for co-administration. This peptide was site-selectively conjugated to the unnatural amino acid at IL4 position 42 allowing to preserve wild type bioactivity of IL4. In vitro experiments confirmed the anticipated MMP response towards the PSL and TGase-mediated construct attachment to fibronectin of the ECM. Furthermore, the IL4-peptide conjugates were able to reduce inflammation and protect non-load bearing cartilage along with the anterior cruciate ligament from degradation in an osteoarthritis model in rabbits. This represents the first step towards a minimally invasive treatment option using bioresponsive cytokine depots with potential clinical value for inflammatory conditions.
One of the challenges with this approach was the production of the cytokine conjugate, with incorporation of the unnatural amino acid into IL4 being the main bottleneck. Therefore, in chapter 4, we designed a simplified version of this depot system by genetically fusing the bifunctional peptide via a flexible peptide spacer to murine IL4. While human IL4 loses its activity upon C-terminal elongation, murine IL4 is not affected by this modification. The produced murine IL4 fusion protein could be effectively bound to in vitro grown extracellular matrix in presence of TGase. Moreover, the protease-sensitive linker was selectively recognized and cleaved by MMPs, liberating intact and active IL4, although at a slower rate than expected. Murine IL4 offers the advantage to evaluate the bioresponsive cytokine depot in many available mouse models, which was so far not possible with human IL4 due to species selectivity.
For murine IL4, the approach was further extended to systemic delivery in chapter 5. To increase the half-life and specifically target disease sites, we engineered a murine IL4 variant conjugated with a folate-bearing PEG chain for targeting of activated macrophages. The bioactive IL4 conjugate had a high serum stability and the PEGylation increased the half-life to 4 h in vivo. Surprisingly, the folate moiety did not improve targeting in an antigen-induced arthritis (AIA) mouse model. IL4-PEG performed better in targeting the inflamed joint, while IL4-PEG-folate showed stronger accumulation in the liver. Fortunately, the modular nature of the IL4 conjugate facilitates convenient adaption of PEG chain length and the targeting moiety to further improve the half-life and localization of the cytokine.
In summary, this thesis describes a platform technology for the controlled release of cytokines in response to inflammation. By restricting the release of the therapeutic to the site of inflammation, the benefit-risk ratio of this potent class of biologics can be positively influenced. Future research will help to deepen our understanding of how to perfectly combine cytokine, protease-sensitive linker and immobilization tag or targeting moiety to tackle different diseases.
To diagnose diseases correctly requires not only trained and skilled personnel, but also cost-intensive and complex equipment. Rapid tests can help with the initial evaluation, but result generation can also take up to several hours, depending on the test system. At this point, novel bioresponsive diagnostic systems are used, responding to the disease related shift of biological processes. They monitor changes in the biological environment and can react to them e.g. with the release of substances. This can be used in drug delivery formulations but can also help to diagnose diseases occurring in the oral cavity and inform patients of their state of health. The tongue is herein used as a 24/7 available detector.
In section I of this work, the foundation for the development of these diagnostic systems was laid. A suitable flavoring agent was found, which is stable, can be coupled to the N-terminus of peptides and has a strongly conceivable taste. For the optimization of the protease-sensitive linker (PSL), an analytical system was established (PICS assay), which determines protease-specific cleavable amino acid sequences. In order to replace the PMMA particles previously required, an acetyl protecting group was introduced N-terminally as it protects peptides and proteins in the human body from degradation by human aminopeptidase. The new synthesized flavor was examined with a NIH cell line for cytotoxicity and with an electronic tongue setup for its bitterness.
Section II deals with the structure of a system which detects severe inflammations in the oral cavity, e.g. PA. The established PICS assay was used to confirm the previously used PSL sequence in its application. Using solid phase peptide synthesis, 3 linkers were synthesized which respond to the elevated MMP concentrations present in inflammation. The resulting peptides were acetylated and coupled with HATU/DIPEA to the modified denatonium. Cutting experiments with MMPs over different concentration and time ranges confirmed the response of the diagnostic sensor to these enzymes. The obtained construct was examined for cell toxicity by WST assay. The masked bitterness of the sensors was confirmed by an electronic tongue setup.
To address non-human proteases (and thereby infections), section III focuses on the establishment of detection system of a cysteine protease SpeB expressed by Streptococcus pyogenes. The in-house expression of SpeB using E. coli cells was established for this purpose. An analysis of the SpeB cleavage sites was performed using a PICS assay setup. Four constructs with different PSL were synthesized analogous to section II. Cleavage experiments with the expressed and purified SpeB showed a response of two constructs to the protease. In addition, a system was established to quantify the concentration of SpeB in human saliva using western blot technique with subsequent quantification.
In section IV a compound was synthesized which can now be coupled to a flavor. The final coupled construct is able to detect present NA activity specifically from influenza A and B. The market for existing influenza diagnostics was explored to determine the need for such a system. A neuraminic acid was modified in positions 4 and 7 and protected in such a way that subsequent coupling via the hydroxy-group in position 2 was selectively possible.
In summary, this results in a diagnostic platform that can be used anywhere, by anyone and at any time. This represents a new dimension in the rapid diagnosis of inflammations and bacterial or viral infections.
High-resolution nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy is used in structure elucidation and qualitative as well as quantitative examination of product components. Despite the worldwide development of numerous innovative NMR spectroscopic methods, several official methods that analyze specific substances and do not represent a holistic analysis, are still in use for the quality control of drugs, food and chemicals. Thus, counterfeit or contaminated products of inferior quality can be brought onto the market and distributed despite previous quality controls. To prevent this, three NMR spectroscopic methods have been developed within the scope of this work (1) to study the peroxide value in vegetable and animal oils, (2) for the qualitative and quantitative analysis of metal cations and (3) to determine the enantiomeric excess in chiral alcohols. In oil analysis, titration methods are used to determine the bulk quality parameters such as peroxide value, which represents the concentration of peroxides. Titrations show several drawbacks, such as the need of a large amount of sample and solvents, cross reactions and the low robustness. Thus, an alternative NMR spectroscopic method was developed to improve the peroxide analysis by using triphenylphosphine as a derivatization reagent, which reacts with peroxides in a stoichiometric ratio of 1:1 forming triphenylphosphine oxide. In the 1H-31P decoupled NMR spectrum, the signals of the unreacted triphenylphosphine and the reacted triphenylphosphine oxide are detected at 7.4 ppm and 7.8 ppm, respectively. The ratio of the two signals is used for the calculation of the peroxide concentration. 108 oil samples with a peroxide value between 1 meq/kg and 150 meq/kg were examined using the developed method. Oils with a very low peroxide value of less than 3 meq/kg showed a relative standard deviation of 4.9%, highly oxidized oils with a peroxide value of 150 meq/kg of 0.2%. The NMR method was demonstrated as a powerful technique for the analysis of vegetable and krill oils. Another 1H NMR spectroscopic method was developed for the qualitative determination of Be2+, Sr2+ and Cd2+, and for the qualitative and quantitative determination of Ca2+, Mg2+, Hg2+, Sn2+, Pb2+ and Zn2+ by using ethylenediamine tetraacetate (EDTA) as complexing agent. EDTA is a hexadentate ligand that forms stable chelate complexes with divalent cations. The known amount of added EDTA and the signal ratio of free and complexed EDTA are used to calculate the concentrations of the divalent cations, which makes the use of an internal standard obsolete. The use of EDTA with Be2+, Sr2+, Cd2+, Ca2+, Mg2+, Hg2+, Sn2+, Pb2+ and Zn2+ result in complexes whose signals are pH-independent, showing cation-specific chemical shifts and couplings in the 1H NMR spectrum that are used for identification and quantification. In the presented NMR method, the limit of quantification of the cations Ca2+, Mg2+, Hg2+, Sn2+, Pb2+, and Zn2+ was determined with 5-22 μg/mL. This method is applicable in the food and drug sectors. The third NMR spectroscopic method introduced an alternative determination of the enantiomer excess (ee) of the chiral alcohols menthol, borneol, 1-phenylethanol and linalool using phosgene as a derivatizing reagent. Phosgene reacts with a chiral alcohol to form carboxylic acid diesters, made of two identical (RR, SS) or two different enantiomers (RS, SR). These two different types of diastereomers can be examined by the difference of their chemical shifts. In the presented method, the integration values of the carbonyl signals in the 13C NMR spectrum are used for the determination of the enantiomer excess. The limit of quantification depends, among others, on the sample and on the non-labelled or 13C-labelled phosgene used for the analysis. In the case of menthol, a quantification limit of ee=99.1% was determined using non-labelled phosgene and ee=99.9% using 13C-labelled phosgene. The 13C NMR method was also applied for the quality control of the enantiomeric purity of borneol, 1-phenylethanol and linalool. The developed 13C NMR method represents a powerful alternative to Mosher’s reagent for investigating the enantiomeric excess in chiral alcohols. This work demonstrates the variety of possibilities of applications for the quantitative nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy in the chemical analysis of drugs, food and chemicals using tagging reactions such as derivatizations and complexations. The nuclear resonance spectroscopic methods developed in this research work represent powerful alternatives to the previously used quality control techniques.
Salt formation is a routinely used strategy for poorly water-soluble drugs and traditionally performed with small inorganic counterions. High energy crystal lattices as well as effects on the local pH within the aqueous boundary layer during dissolution drive the increased dissolution rate and apparent solubility. Ionic liquids however, by definition low melting ionic salts with often large organic counterions, combine an increased dissolution rate with solubilization of the drug by the counterion itself. Long lasting supersaturation profiles of increased kinetic solubility were reported for several drugs formulated as ionic liquids increasing their overall bioavailability. Furthermore, aggregation and micellization between highly lipophilic compounds and amphiphilic bile acids was described before, demonstrating the capabilities of the human body itself to utilize solubilization of poorly water-soluble compounds. Development of novel counterions not only tailoring the desired physicochemical properties e.g. dissolution rate of the parent drug but adding – in a best-case scenario synergistic – pharmacological activity has been driven forward in the last years. However, salt formation can only be applied for ionizable i.e. acidic or basic compounds. While co-crystals can be used as a nonionized alternative, their formation is not always successful leading to an urgent need for other formulation strategies. In these lines, development of 2D and 3D printing techniques has been ongoing for the last decades and their pharmaceutical application has been demonstrated. The versatile nature and commercial availability allow a decentralized production further elaborating this technique for a highly flexible and patient-oriented supply with medication.
This thesis focuses on the theoretical background and potential application of salt formation in the pharmaceutical development of a drug candidate. The first section presents the current knowledge and state of the art in preparation of low melting ionic liquids i.e. salts and is translated to the in vitro investigation of molecular interaction between the poorly water-soluble drug imatinib and components of the human intestinal fluid in the second section. Development of novel antibiotic counterions and assessment of their potential use in pharmaceutical formulations with fluoroquinolones is described in the last two sections.
Chapter I describes the application of low melting ionic liquids in pharmaceutical formulation and details their development in the last two decades from versatile organic solvents in chemical synthesis towards amorphous strategies for drug delivery. The chapter gives a general overview on molecular structure and physicochemical properties of several drug containing ionic liquids and details the mechanisms which attribute to a typically fast dissolution, increased aqueous solubility as well as enhanced permeation which was reported in several publications.
Chapter II translates the increased aqueous solubility of drugs by an organic counterion to the human gastrointestinal tract with taurocholate and lecithin as main drivers for the solubilization of highly lipophilic and poorly water-soluble drugs. Investigation of the interaction of imatinib – a poorly water-soluble weak base – with fasted- and fed state simulated intestinal fluids revealed a complex interplay between the components of the intestinal fluid and the drug. Mixed vesicles and micelles were observed in concentration dependent aggregation assays and revealed differences in their size, molecular arrangement as well as composition, depending on the tested drug concentration. Overall, the study outlines the effective interaction of weakly basic drugs with taurocholate and lecithin to minimize recrystallization during intestine passage finally leading to favorable supersaturation profiles.
Chapter III focuses on the development of novel antibiotic counterions which potentially move the evolution of ionic liquids from a pharmaceutical salt with tailored physicochemical properties to a synergistic combination of two active pharmaceutical ingredients. The natural occurring anacardic acid derived from the cashew nut shell inspired a series of antibacterial active acidic compounds with increasing alkyl chain length. Their physicochemical properties, antibacterial activity, bacterial biofilm inhibition and cytotoxicity were detailed and in vivo activity in a Galleria mellonella model was assessed. This group of anacardic acid derivatives is synthetically accessible, easily modifiable and yielded two compounds with favorable activity and physicochemical profile for further drug development.
Chapter IV outlines the potential application of anacardic acid derivatives in pharmaceutical formulations by salt formation with fluoroquinolone antibiotics as well as novel techniques such as 2D/3D printing for preparation of drug imprinted products. Despite anacardic acid derivatives demonstrated promising physicochemical properties, salt formation with fluoroquinolone antibiotics was not feasible. However, 2D/3D printed samples with anacardic acid derivative alone or in combination with ciprofloxacin demonstrated physical compatibility between drug and matrix as well as antibacterial activity against three S. aureus strains in an agar diffusion assay. Conclusively, drug printing can be applied for the herein tested compounds, but further process development is necessary.
In summary, preparation of low melting ionic liquids, salts or co-crystals is an appropriate strategy to increase the aqueous solubility of poorly water-soluble drugs and tailor physicochemical properties. The counterion itself solubilizes the drug and furthermore potentially interferes with the complex micellar environment in the human intestine. However, salt formation as routinely used formulation strategy is not feasible in every case and development of alternative techniques is crucial to hurdle challenges related to unfavorable physicochemical properties. The outlined techniques for 2D/3D drug printing provide versatile production of drug products while extending the design space for novel drug development.
The charged aerosol detector (CAD) is an aerosol-based detector employed in liquid chromatography which has become established in the field of pharmaceutical analysis due to its outstanding performance characteristics, e.g. the almost uniform response for nonvolatile analytes. Owing to its principle of detection, the response of the CAD depends on the volatility of a compound and is inherently nonlinear. However, the newly implemented instrumental settings evaporation temperature and power function value (PFV) are valuable tools to overcome some of these drawbacks and can even enhance the detector’s capabilities when adjusted properly.
This thesis aimed to evaluate the impact of the new instrumental settings on the CAD performance. Additionally, the influence of modern separation techniques for small polar compounds on the CAD was assessed and the applicability of hyphenated UV-CAD techniques explored. The optimization strategies derived from the evaluation procedures and the conjunction of the instrumental and chromatographic techniques investigated were utilized for the challenging impurity profiling of amino acids and amino acid-like drugs.
The results of the method validation procedures confirmed the broad applicability of the CAD in the pharmaceutical analysis of nonvolatile compounds, supported by satisfactory sensitivity and reproducibility for meeting the regulatory requirements with respect to the ICH guidelines Q2(R1) and Q3A(R2). The limits of applicability include the analysis of semivolatile compounds, and the method transfer between current and legacy CAD models. Further advances in the definition and standardization of allowed ranges for the instrumental settings and the establishment of general optimization procedures in the method development could lead to a more widespread use of the detection technique in compendial methods.
For the quality assurance of substances for pharmaceutical use, a variety of analytical techniques are available to address specific analytical problems. In this field of application, liquid chromatography (LC) stands out as the gold standard in the pharmaceutical industry. Various detectors can be employed, which are e.g. based on UV/Vis spectroscopy for the examination of molecules with a chromophore, or mass spectrometry (MS) for structural elucidation of analytes. For the separation of enantiomers, the use of capillary electrophoresis (CE) may be more favorable due to the high separation efficiency and easy-to-use and comparatively inexpensive chiral selectors, in contrast to chiral columns for LC, which are usually very expensive and limited to a restricted number of analytes. For structure elucidation in impurity profiling, one- and multidimensional 1H NMR spectroscopy is a valuable tool as long as the analyte molecule has got nuclei that can be detected, which applies for the magnitude of organic pharmaceutical substances.
For the evaluation of the amount of mineral oil aromatic hydrocarbons (MOAH) in various paraffin samples from different suppliers, a straightforward method based on 1H NMR spectroscopy was elaborated. The MOAH/MOSH ratio was used to indicate the amount of MOAH of paraffins and to evaluate the extent of refining. In addition, a representative paraffin sample was measured without sample solvent at high temperatures (about 340 K) to avoid the interfering residual solvent signals in the spectral regions of interest. The results of both methods were in good accordance.
Moreover, the 1H NMR results were complemented with the UV measurements from the purity testing of paraffins according to the DAB 8. Correlations of the NMR and UV spectroscopic data indicated a linear relationship of both methods for the determination of MOAH in paraffins.
Finally, the 1H NMR data was evaluated by principal component analysis (PCA) to explore differences within the paraffin samples and the spectral regions in the 1H NMR spectrum which are responsible for the formation of groups. It could be found that most variation is due to the MOSH of the paraffins. The PCA model was capable of differentiating between soft, liquid and solid paraffins on the one hand and between natural and synthetic liquid paraffins on the other hand.
The impurity profiling of L-ascorbic acid 2-phosphate magnesium (A2PMg) was performed by means of one- and two-dimensional NMR spectroscopy. Several ethylated impurities could be detected, which were likely to be formed during synthesis of A2PMg. The structures of two of the ethylated impurities were identified as ascorbic acid 2-phosphate ethyl ester and ethanol, (residual solvent from synthesis). NMR spectroscopic studies of the fractions obtained from preparative HPLC of A2PMg revealed two additional impurities, which were identified as phosphorylated derivatives of ascorbic acid, ascorbic acid 3,5-phosphate and ascorbic acid 5-phosphate.
Solid state mechanochemistry as an alternative approach for stress testing was applied on the drug substances S-Ibuprofen (Ibu) and Clopidogrel (CLP) using a ball mill, in order to study their degradation profile:
First, the isomerization of S-Ibu was investigated, which was stressed in the solid state applying several milling frequencies and durations under basic, acidic and neutral conditions. For the separation of Ibu enantiomers, a chiral CE method was developed and validated according to ICH Q2(R1). It was found that S-Ibu is overall very stable to isomerization; it shows minor conversion into the R-enantiomer under basic environment applying long milling times and high frequencies.
Last, the degradation profile of clopidogrel hydrogen sulfate (CLP) was investigated, which was stressed in the solid state under various oxidative conditions. An already existing HPLC-UV method was adjusted to sufficiently separate the degradation products, which were characterized by means of UV and MS/(MS) detection. Most of the degradation products identified were already reported to result from conventional CLP stress tests. The degradation profile of CLP was mainly influenced by the material of the milling jar and the type of catalyst used.
Cell culture models are helpful tools to study inflammatory diseases, like rheumatoid arthritis (RA), osteoarthritis (OA), arteriosclerosis or asthma, which are linked to increased matrix metalloproteinase (MMP) activity. Such cell culture models often focus on the secretion of cytokines and growth factors or the direct effects of disease on tissue destruction. Even though the crucial role of MMPs in inflammatory diseases is known, the results of MMP studies are contradictious and the use of MMPs as biomarkers is inconsistent. MMPs play an important role in disease pathology, as they are involved in elastin degradation in the walls of alveoli in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), tumor angiogenesis and metastasis and in cartilage and bone degradation in arthropathies. In RA and OA MMPs are secreted by osteocytes, synoviocytes, and by infiltrating immune cells in response to the increased concentration of inflammatory mediators, like growth factors and cytokines. MMPs are zinc and calcium-dependent proteinases and play an important role in physiological and pathological extracellular matrix (ECM) turn over. Their substrate specificity gives them the ability to degrade all major ECM components, like aggrecan, elastin, gelatin, fibronectin and all types of collagen even the triple helix of collagen monomers. The ECM consists of two large three-dimensional cross-linked macromolecule classes: one are fibrous proteins, like collagen and elastin fibers that are responsible for ECM’s structure, tensile strength, resiliency, reversible extensibility, and deformability and the second class is comprised of proteoglycans composed of glycosaminoglycan (GAG) chains covalently attached to protein cores that are multifunctionally involved in signaling pathways and cell interactions. ECM is present within all tissues and organs and changes in ECM structure contribute to pathogenesis, e.g. wounded and fibrotic tissue, COPD or tumours.
This thesis primarily focuses on the development of a diagnostic peptide system, that enables to gain information on MMP activity from ECM by deploying the isobaric mass encoding strategy. The core element of the developed system is an isotopically labelled peptide sequence (mass tag), that is released in response to elevated levels of MMPs and allows multiplexed detection in tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS). The mass reporters possess a modular structure with different functionalities. C-terminal either a transglutaminase (TG) recognition sequence or a high molecular weight polyethylene glycol (PEG) moiety was attached to immobilize the mass reporters covalently or physically at the injection site. The following matrix metalloproteinase substrate sequence (MSS) is incorporated in two different versions with different sensitivity to MMPs. The MSS were applied in pairs for relative quantification consisting of the cleavable version synthesized with natural L-amino acids and the non-cleavable D-amino acid variant. The mass tag was synthesized with isotopically labelled amino acids and is separated from the MSS by a UV light-sensitive molecule. N-terminal the mass tag is followed by a tobacco etch virus protease (TEV) sensitive sequence, that is responsible to separate the mass tag from the affinity tag, which was either the Strep-tag II sequence or biotin and were added for purification purposes.
Chapter 1 presents a step-by-step protocol on how to design a mass tag family allowing for multiplexed analysis by LC-MS/MS. The multiplexing is achieved by developing an isobar mass tag family with four family members, which are chromatographically indistinguishable, but due to the mass encoding principles they fragment in distinct y-type ions with a mass difference of 1 or 2 Da each in MS2. Furthermore, it is explained how to covalently attach the mass reporter peptides onto ECM by the activated calcium-catalyzed blood coagulation transglutaminase factor XIII (FXIIIa). The lysine of mass reporter’s TG sequence (D-domain of insulin-like growth factor-I (IGF-I)) and a glutamine in fibronectin are covalently crosslinked by FXIIIa and build an isopeptide bond. Elevated levels of MMP release the mass reporters from ECM by recognizing the inter-positioned MSS.
The designed mass reporters were able to monitor enzyme activity in an in vitro setting with cell-derived ECM, which was shown in Chapter 2. The modular structured mass reporters were investigated in a proof of concept study. First, the different modules were characterized in terms of their MMP responsiveness and their sensitivity to TEV protease and UV light. Then the FXIIIa-mediated coupling reaction was detailed and the successful coupling on ECM was visualized by an immunosorbent assay or confocal laser scanning microscopy. Finally, the immobilized mass reporters on ECM were incubated with MMP-9 to investigate their multiplexing ability of MMP activity. The cleaved mass reporter fragments were purified in three steps and mass tags were analyzed as mix of all four in LC-MS/MS.
Chapter 3 describes the change from an immobilizing system as seen in chapter 1 and 2 to a soluble enzyme activity monitoring system that was applied in an osteoarthritic mouse model. Instead of the immobilizing TG sequence the C-terminal MMS was extended with two amino acids where one holds an azide moiety to perform a strain-promoted azide-alkyne cycloaddition to a high molecular weight dibenzocyclooctyne-polyethylene glycol (DBCO-PEG), which was chosen to retain the mass reporters at the injection site. Furthermore, the N-terminal affinity tag was extended with a 2.5 kDa PEG chain to increase the half-life of the mass reporter peptides after MMP release. The systems biocompatibility was proved but its enzyme monitoring ability in an in vivo setting could not be analyzed as samples degraded during shipping resulting from the Chinese customs blocking transport to Germany.
In summary the diagnostic peptide system was developed in two variants. The immobilized version one from chapter 1 and 2 was designed to be covalently attached to ECM by the transglutaminase-mediated cross-linking reaction. In an in vitro setting the functionality of the mass reporter system for the detection of MMP activity was successfully verified. The second variant comprises of a soluble mass reporter system that was tested in an OA mouse model and showed biocompatibility. With these two designed systems this thesis provides a flexible platform based on multiplexed analysis with mass-encoded peptides to characterize cell culture models regarding their MMP activity, to deploy cell-derived ECM as endogenous depot scaffold and to develop a mass tag family that enables simultaneous detection of at least four mass tags.
The present thesis concerns the molecular imaging of opioid receptors and human butyrylcholinesterase with the aid of tailored probes, which are suitable for the respective applied imaging techniques. The first part focusses on imaging of opioid receptors with selective probes using total internal reflection- and single molecule fluorescence microscopy. Design and synthesis of the ligands are presented and their pharmacological characterization and application in microscopy experiments are shown. The second part of this thesis focused on the development of 18F-labeled, selective radiotracers for imaging of butyrylcholinesterase via positron emission tomography. The design and synthesis of each a reversible and pseudoirreversible 18F-labeled tracer are presented. After evaluation of the binding properties of each tracer, their initial application in ex vivo autoradiography- and preliminary in vivo microPET studies is described and analyzed.
The past decades have witnessed the development of new pharmaceutical compounds that modulate receptor function by targeting allosteric sites. Allosteric sites are, by definition, domains topographically distinct from the orthosteric binding pocket where the natural ligand binds. Exploring the possibilities of linking orthosteric and allosteric pharmacophores in one compound to yield ‘bitopic’ compounds is a strategy derived from the “message-address” concept by Schwyzer , first applied to GPCRs by Portoghese et al. This concept explicitly underlines the orthosteric/allosteric combination, in opposite to the more general umbrella term bivalent. The broad possibilities of bitopic ligands in the pharmaceutical field are under continuous study. Bitopic compounds are promising pharmaceutical tools for taking advantage of the allosteric binding to achieve subtype selectivity while preserving high affinity at the receptor. The development of bitopic ligands, based on the idea of combining high affinity (via orthosteric sites) with high selectivity (via allosteric sites), have led to the development of highly selective bivalent ligands for GPCRs , such as for the opioid receptors , muscarinic acetylcholine receptors (mAChRs), serotonin receptors, cannabinoid receptors, and gonadotropin-releasing hormone receptors. This concept has even been extended to other receptors, for examples nicotinic receptors and other proteins, such as acetylcholinesterases and the tyrosine kinase receptors TrkA and TrkC. The reasons to pursue a bitopic ligand approach are various. An improved affinity for the target GPCR and/or an improved selectivity either at the level of receptor subtype, or at the level of signaling pathway. Another advantage of bitopic ligands over purely allosteric ligands is that the former rely on the appropriate presence of endogenous agonist tone to mediate their effects, whereas a bitopic ligand would engage the orthosteric site irrespective of the presence or absence of endogenous tone. By way of introduction to the hybrid approach, a review of the concept of hybrids compounds targeting the cholinergic system is presented in section A of this thesis. Recent updates in hybrid molecule design as a strategy for selectively addressing multiple target proteins involved in Alzheimer's disease (AD) is here reported . This represents the potential and the growing interest in hybrid compound as pharmacological tools to achieve receptor subtype selectivity and/or, to study the overall functional activity of the receptor. Until now, muscarinic acetylcholine receptors (mAChRs) have proved to be a particularly fruitful receptor model for the development and characterization of bitopic ligands. In this thesis, several examples of new muscarinic bitopic approach are reported in the results section. A study of bipharmacophoric ligands composed of the muscarinic positive allosteric modulators (BQCAderived compounds) linked with chain of various lengths to different orthosteric building blocks is reported in the result part 1. Synthesis and examination of the potential pharmacological characteristic of Oxotremorine-BQCAd compounds and Xanomeline-BQCAd hybrid derivatives are described in results parts 2 and 4, respectively. Moreover, the bitopic concept has even been extended to other proteins, such as acetylcholinesterase. In the result part 5 an overview of the new Tacrine-Xanomeline hybrids aiming to improve the inhibitory potency of the acetylcholinesterase and simultaneously to increase the cholinergic tone, via the xanomelinic portion acting on the M1 receptor is given. A new trivalent approach is presented for the first time to deepen the study of the M1 muscarinic receptor in the result part 6. Moreover, the synthesis of a new series of iperoxo-derived alkane, bis(ammonio)alkane-type and rigidified chain ligands is given in the result part 7 together with some prospects for further research.
Microbial, mammalian and plant cells produce and contain secondary metabolites, which typically are soluble in water to prevent cell damage by crystallization. The formation of ion pairs, e.g. with carboxylic acids or mineral acids, is a natural blueprint to keep basic metabolites in solution. It was aimed at showing whether the mostly large carboxylates form soluble protic ionic liquids (PILs) with basic natural products resulting in enhanced aqueous solubility. Furthermore, their supramolecular pattern in aqueous solution was studied. Thereby, naturally occurring carboxylic acids were identified being appropriate counterions for natural basic compounds and facilitate the formation of PILs with their beneficial characteristics, like improved dissolution rate and enhanced apparent solubility.
Spectroscopic methods were established decades ago in a wide variety of fields. This also applies to the pharmaceutical field, although they initially were mostly used for identity testing or structure elucidation only. Technical developments, such as miniaturization (NMR benchtop devices), Fourier transformations (for NMR, MIR spectroscopy) or the combination with chemometric evaluation (e.g., in Process Analytical Technology, PAT), have further increased their importance and opened up new applications. The aim of this work was to investigate further new approaches and to find new applications for already established methods and to show their benefits.
By means of MIR, NIR and NMR data and their chemometric evaluation (principal component analysis, PCA; hierarchical cluster analysis, HCA; linear discriminant analysis, LDA), possibilities were presented to successfully determine the manufacturer or the pharmaceutical company of various paracetamol preparations. In the course of this, various similarities and correlations between the preparations of individual companies could also be identified. For this purpose, a suitable sample preparation was developed for each spectroscopic method, and suitable measurement parameters in order to obtain reproducible spectra for the chemometric evaluation were determined. Furthermore, the results of the two unsupervised methods (HCA, PCA) were compared with each other. The HCA was able to confirm those of the PCA for the very most part. Additionally, through these methods it was possible to characterize many of the preparations based on clusters formed by comparable tablet compositions.
In order to be able to measure unmortared, whole tablets using the NIR spectrometer, an attachment was developed and manufactured using 3D printing. Its functionality was demonstrated by measuring and analyzing the tablets of two different batches of nine paracetamol preparations. The batches were clearly distinguished on the basis of a PCA and a significant difference was also demonstrated by means of statistical tests.
For NMR spectroscopy, a method was developed to obtain optimized "fingerprint" spectra of drug formulations. For this purpose, a 1D DOSY measurement was elaborated, in which the signals of the active ingredient could be filtered out by the appropriate choice of measurement parameters. The chemometric evaluation can thus focus on the remaining signals of the excipients, on the basis of which the preparations of the same API can be distinguished. Especially in the case of formulations that consist largely of active ingredient, data pre processing of the spectra can thus be simplified and greater importance can be assigned to the originally very small excipient signals.
A quantitative 1H NMR method was developed for the comparison of a high field spectrometer (400 MHz) with a benchtop spectrometer (80 MHz) for two finished drugs. It was shown that it is possible to obtain comparable results with both instruments, but that the influence of the excipients on the signals and the lower resolution of the benchtop instrument must be taken into account. Therefore, it was not possible to obtain comparable results without further optimization of the method for one of the active ingredients.
In the investigation of various reactions between APIs and excipients using DOSY, its usefulness as a screening method in stability testing was demonstrated. For this purpose, three different APIs and excipients were stressed together and the reaction mixtures were subsequently measured using DOSY. Based on the translational diffusion coefficient, the reaction products could be identified and distinguished from the active ingredients and the excipients used. The importance of thoughtful processing could also be demonstrated. If all peak heights are selected when evaluating signals split by direct spin spin coupling, this allows the detection of hidden signals as long as not all signals have the same diffusion coefficient. The selective selection of individual peak heights in the case of split signals also enables the evaluation of signals that overlap slightly. However, the limitations of this method were also shown when two signals overlap too much and differ too little in their diffusion coefficients.
Hence, it has been successfully demonstrated in the various projects that the new chemometric approaches, as well as the new applications of already established methods, enable in depth findings and thus have a clear added value.
Analysis of Drug Impurities by Means of Chromatographic Methods: Targeted and Untargeted Approaches
(2022)
The presented works aimed on the analysis of new impurities in APIs and medicinal products. Different subtypes of LC were coupled to suitable detection methods, i.e. UV and various MS techniques, depending on the chemical natures of the analytes and the analytical task.
Unexpected impurities in medicinal products and APIs caused several scandals in the past, concomitant with fatalities or severe side effects in human and veterinary patients. The detection of nitrosamines in sartans led to the discovery of nitrosamines in various other drugs, of which the antibiotic rifampicin was analyzed in this work. An examination of the synthesis of rifampicin revealed a high potential for the formation of 4-methyl-1-nitrosopiperazine (MeNP). An LC-MS/HRMS method suitable for the quantification of MeNP was applied in the analysis of drugs collected from Brazil, Comoros, India, Nepal, and Tanzania, where a single dose of rifampicin is used in the post-exposure prophylaxis of leprosy. All batches were contaminated with MeNP, ranging from 0.7-5.1 ppm. However, application of rifampicin containing up to 5 ppm MeNP was recommended by the regulatory authorities for the post-exposure prophylaxis of leprosy.
In the 1990s the aminoglycoside antibiotic gentamicin attracted attention after causing fatalities in the USA, but the causative agent was never identified unequivocally. The related substance sisomicin was recognized as a lead impurity by the Holzgrabe lab at the University of Würzburg: sisomicin was accompanied by a variety of other impurities and batches containing sisomicin had caused the fatalities. In 2016, anaphylactic reactions were reported after application of gentamicin. A contamination of the medicinal products with histamine, an impurity of the raw material fish peptone used upon the production, could be identified as the cause of the adverse effects. Batches of gentamicin sulfate, which had been stored at the University of Würzburg since the earlier investigations, were analyzed regarding their contamination with histamine to determine whether the biogenic amine was responsible for the 1990s fatalities as well. Furthermore, a correlation with the lead impurity sisomicin was checked. Histamine could be detected in all analyzed batches, but at a lower level than in the batches responsible for the anaphylactic reactions. Moreover, there is no correlation of histamine with the lead impurity sisomicin. Hence, the causative agent for the 1990s fatalities was not histamine and remains unknown.
Another source of impurities is the reaction of APIs with excipients, e.g. the esterification of naproxen with PEG 600 in soft gel capsules. The influence of the formulation’s composition on this reaction was investigated by means of LC-UV. Therefore, the impurity naproxen-PEG-ester (NPEG) was synthesized and used for the development of a method suitable for the analysis of soft gel capsule formulations. Different formulations were stressed for 7 d at 60 °C and the relative amount of NPEG was determined. The formation of NPEG was influenced by the concentrations of water and lactic acid, the pH, and the drug load of the formulation, which can easily be explained by the chemistry behind esterification reactions.
Keeping in mind the huge variety of sources of impurities, it might be impossible to predict all potential impurities of a drug substance/product. Targeted and untargeted approaches were combined in the impurity profiling of bisoprolol fumarate. Eight versions of an LC-HRMS method were developed to enable the detection of a maximum number of impurities: an acidic and a basic buffered LC was coupled to MS detection applying ESI and APCI, both in positive in negative mode. MS and MS/MS data were acquired simultaneously by information dependent acquisition. In the targeted approach, potential impurities were derived from a reaction matrix based on the synthesis route of the API, while the untargeted part was based on general unknown comparative screening to identify additional signals. 18 and 17 impurities were detected in the targeted and the untargeted approach, respectively. The molecular formulae were assessed based on the exact mass and the isotope pattern. Theoretical fragment spectra generated by in silico fragmentation were matched with experimental data to estimate the plausibility of proposed/elucidated structures. Moreover, the detected impurities were quantified with respect to an internal standard.
Chimeric antigen receptors (CARs) are able to specifically direct T cells to tumor antigens and therapy with anti-CD19 CARs has already cured cancer patients with B-cell lymphomas who have undergone long-term therapy non-successful. Despite this impressive result, the therapy is currently only approved as a last treatment option for blood cancers due to its life-threatening deficiencies. For patient safety and to enable additional application such as the treatment of solid tumors, CAR-T cells must be controllable, e. g. by chemically programmable CARs (cpCARs) regulated by hapten-like compounds.
This thesis reports the synthesis and characterization of such hapten-like compounds. In the first step, seven different warheads with two different spacers were bound to biotin in order to find a suitable warhead for programming the cpCAR.
In a second step, synthetic routes for the three pharmacophores folate, c(RGD), and an RGD peptidomimetic were developed. The routes allow the modification of the pharmacophores with one of the warheads from the first step. CuAAC was chosen as a bioorthogonal approach to link pharmacophores and warheads.
In total, three different pharmacophores were modified with the 1,3-diketone motif of compound 21 leading to 112, 113 and 128. Activation of the T-cell signaling cascade was tested after binding of these hapten-like compounds to the cpCAR in the presence of suitable target structures. For 112, only a slight, non-significant, activation of the T-cell signaling cascade was observed, whereas for 113 and 128, a significant activation of the T-cell signaling cascade was observed.
The poor solubility of the folate compounds led to alternative strategies. Folic acid was exchanged by pteroic acid and the bifunctional, linear compounds were enlarged to trifunctional dendrimers.
Besides the reported regioisomer in 112, a second one, which was not reported to date, occurred by the cyclization of the linear RGD pentapeptide leading to 113.
After the reported synthesis of an RGD peptidomimetic analogous to 128 could not be reproduced, a new synthetic route was developed. It also consists of 17 steps, but reduces the number of linear steps from 13 to 10. Moreover, the developed route contains an asymmetric hydrogenation step and is, compared to the published one, more flexible by the use of the copper-catalyzed azide-alkyne cycloaddition (CuAAC). In addition, an unknown reaction was observed. Instead of the formation of a Schiff base in the reductive amination of 129, an insertion of propargylamine occurred forming 131. The reaction is almost quantitative and in high purity. After requiring no purification, it could be predestined for industrial purposes, such as the synthesis of N-functionalized 1,2-dihydroquinolines or as a building block with various orthogonal functional groups.
Besides the sulfonamide 16, the diketone (21, 27, 31) and lactam compounds (39 – 41), experiments on adapter molecules with further warheads were performed. In the synthesis of a proadapter approach, in which the warhead is formed only after the retro-aldol reaction catalyzed by the mAb, 6 of 10 steps were successfully performed. A newly developed synthesis to keto-sulfonyl and keto-sulfoxide compounds could not be completed but was performed on a small scale to the point of keto-sulfonyl and keto-sulfoxide. Furthermore, a universal synthesis route was designed to allow the introduction of the warhead at the end of the synthesis by acylation. Thus, after 5 shared steps, 3 of them in quantitative yield, different warheads may be introduced. Moreover, this also facilitates the purification and the analysis of the compounds by the absence of tautomerism or labile groups. However, the acylation experiments were not successful with either the acid cyanide or the Weinreb amide.
In summary, this thesis has proven that the 1,3-diketone motif is a suitable warhead for programming the cpCAR, which was developed by Hudecek et al. (unpublished data). The hapten-like compounds 112, 113 and 128 simultaneously bind to integrin ${\alpha}_v{\beta}_3$ and the cpCAR activating the T-cell signaling cascade. The modular synthesis strategy and the use of the bioorthogonal CuAAC allow straightforward access to these valuable immunotherapeutics but revealed the need for an additional purification step to remove copper ions.
Estrogens, namely 17β-estradiol (E2) and estrone (E1) are considered to play an important role in the initiation and promotion of breast cancer (summarized in Raftogianis et al., 2000), a malignancy responsible for around 500,000 deaths per year (summarized in Ghislain et al., 2016). Two major mechanisms have been postulated to explain the carcinogenic effects of estrogens: (1) the estrogen receptor-mediated stimulation of breast cell proliferation with a concomitant enhanced rate of mutations and (2) the metabolism of hydroxylated estrogens to quinone derivatives which can react with the DNA (Russo and Russo, 2006, summarized in Yager and Davidson, 2006). Nevertheless, as a detoxifying mechanism, E1, E2, and their hydroxylated and methoxylated metabolites are reversibly conjugated into sulfates and glucuronides devoid of biological activity (summarized in Guillemette et al., 2004). Yet, despite the key detoxifying function of these conjugates, the study of their circulating levels face some significant problems: (1) analysis by techniques such as radioimmunoassay lack specificity and accuracy and requires enzymatic/chemical hydrolysis before analysis, being unable to differentiate between sulfates and glucuronides (summarized in Stanczyk et al., 2007, summarized in Wang et al., 2016), (2) very little knowledge in healthy women, which has been identified as a barrier to advance in breast cancer research (summarized in Liu, 2000), and (3) far fewer studies in pre- than in postmenopausal women (summarized in Samavat and Kurzer, 2015). Therefore, to get more insights into the research of breast cancer etiology and prevention, the analysis of circulating levels of estrogens (including metabolites and conjugates) in women without breast cancer through reliable analytical techniques, is required.
All presented studies aimed on the improvement of the quality analysis of already monographed drugs. Thereby different LC methods were applied and coupled to i.e., the UV/VIS detector, the CAD or a hyphenation of these detectors, respectively. The choice of the chromatographic system including the detector was largely dependent on the physicochemical properties of the respective analytes.
With the risk-assessment report on the API cetirizine we presented an exemplary tool, that can help to minimize the risk of the occurrence of unexpected impurities. An in- deep analysis of each step within synthesis pathway by means of reaction matrices of all compounds was performed. It is essential to understand the complete impurity profile of all reactants, solvents, and catalysts and to include them in the matrix. Finally, the API of this synthesis was checked if all impurities are identified by this tool. Of note, a shortcoming of such a targeted approach is that impurities can still occur, but they are not captured. This disadvantage can be partially compensated by non-targeted approaches if they are performed in parallel with the other studies that represent most of the impurities. However, this work also shows that even in a supposedly simple synthesis, potentially hundreds of by-products can be formed. For each of them, it must be decided individually whether their formation is probable or how their quantity can be minimized in order to obtain APIs, that are as pure as possible.
In the dapsone project it was aimed to replace the existing old Ph. Eur. TLC method with a modern RP-HPLC method. This was successful and since Ph. Eur. 10.6, the method developed in this work, became a valid monograph. Within the revision process of the monograph, the individual limits for impurities were tightened. However, this new method needs HPLC instrumentation, suitable to perform gradients. As this is not always available in all control laboratories, we also developed an alternative, more simple method using two different isocratic runs for the impurity analysis. The obtained batch results of both, the new pharmacopoeial method and the more simple one, were in a comparable order of magnitude. Furthermore, within the method development stage of the Ph. Eur. method, we could identify one unknown impurity of the impurity reference by high-resolution MS/MS analysis.
Also, in the baclofen project it was aimed to replace the existing Ph. Eur. method with the introduction of an additional impurity to be quantified. A corresponding method was developed and validated. However, due to the harmonization process of the pharmacopoeias, it is currently not used. In addition, we tried to find further, non- 116
SUMMARY
chromophoric impurities by means of the CAD. However, except for one counterion of an impurity, no further impurities were found. Also, the aforementioned new impurity could not be detected above the reporting threshold in the batches analyzed. As the only individually specified impurity A is also present at a low level, it can be concluded that the examined batches of baclofen are very pure.
The use of universal detectors, such as the CAD can be particularly interesting for compounds with no chromophore or those with only a weak chromophore. Therefore, we decided to take a closer look at the impurity profile of acarbose. Currently, acarbose and its impurities are being studied by low wavelength UV detection at 210 nm. Therefore, the question arose whether there are no other impurities in the API that do not show absorption at this wavelength. CAD, which offers consistent detection properties for all non-volatile compounds, is ideally suited for this purpose. However, it was not so easy to use the CAD together with the UV detector, for example, as a hyphenated detection technique, because the Ph. Eur. method uses phosphate buffers. However, this is non-volatile and therefore inappropriate for the CAD. Therefore, an attempt was made to replace the buffer with a volatile one. However, since this did not lead to satisfactory results and rather the self-degradation process of the stationary phase used could be observed by means of the CAD, it was decided to switch to alternative stationary phases. A column screening also revealed further difficulties with acarbose and its impurities: they show an epimerization reaction at the end of the sugar chain. However, since one wanted to have uniform peaks in the corresponding chromatograms, one had to accelerate this reaction significantly to obtain only one peak for each component. This was best achieved by using two stationary phases: PGC and Amide-HILIC. Impurity-profiling methods could be developed on each of the two phases. In addition, as expected, new impurities could be detected, albeit at a low level. Two of them could even be identified by spiking experiments as the sugar fragments maltose and maltotriose.
Taken together, it can be concluded, that this work has contributed significantly to the improvement of the quality analysis of monographed drugs. In addition to the presented general tool for the identification of potential impurities, one of the methods developed, had already been implemented to the Ph. Eur. In an effort to improve the CAD's universal detection capabilities, additional methods have also been developed. Further, new improved methods for the impurity profiling are ready to use.
Dietary fatty acids serve as objective biomarkers for the estimation of habitual diet mainly because biomarkers are free of memory bias or inaccuracies of food databases. The aim of the present work encompassed the implementation of a gas chromatographical method coupled with a mass spectrometrical and flame-ionization detector for analysis of fatty acid biomarkers in human biospecimens, their analytical determination and statistical evaluation in two different study populations and different biospecimens as well as the elaboration of adverse reactions to food ingredients with special focus on food allergies and food intolerances in the context of a possible implementation into an application for consumer health. The first aim was the identification of potential influence of fatty acid biomarkers on desaturase and elongase indexes (Δ9DI, Δ6DI, Δ5DI and ELOVLI5), which are factors in type 2 diabetes risk, in breast adipose tissue from healthy women. Influence of further variables on respective indexes was also investigated. 40 samples were investigated and potential variables were either collected by questionnaire or determined. Principle component analysis was applied for fatty acid biomarkers (PCdiet1, PCdiet2 and PCdiet3 representative for the dietary intake of vegetable oils/nuts, fish and partially hydrogenated vegetable oils), endogenous estrogens (PCE1) and oxysterols (PCOxy1). Multiple linear regression models were applied. Δ9DI and Δ6DI were influenced non-significantly and significantly negatively by PCdiet2 supporting a putative beneficial effect of vegetable oils and nuts on type 2 diabetes risk factors. ELOVLI5 and Δ5DI were influenced significantly and non-significantly positively by PCdiet1 supporting a putative beneficial effect of fish consumption on type 2 diabetes risk factors. On the other hand, PCdiet1 also significantly and non-significantly positively influenced Δ9DI and Δ6DI supporting a putative adverse effect of fish biomarkers on type 2 diabetes risk factors. The opposing influences of PCdiet1 suggesting an ambivalent role of dietary intake of fish on investigated indexes. Δ6DI was significantly positively influenced by PCdiet3 and number of pregnancies supporting a putative adverse effect of partially hydrogenated vegetable oils and pregnancies on type 2 diabetes risk factors. Lifestyle factors like smoking significantly and non-significantly influenced Δ9DI and Δ6DI putatively adversely. Δ5DI was influenced significantly positively by estrogen active drugs suggesting a putative beneficial effect on type 2 diabetes risk factors. It must be considered that a variation coefficient of up to 0.44 only explained 44% of variance of the respective indexes, suggesting other influencing factors might play a role. The second aim was the implementation of a gas chromatographical method coupled with a mass spectrometrical and flame-ionization detector for analysis of fatty acid biomarkers in human biospecimens. The method was optimized for separation and detection of 40 fatty acids. Mean recovery for tridecanoic acid was x(tridecanoic acid) = 90.51% and for nonadecanoic acid x(nonadecanoic acid) = 96.21%. Thus, there was no significant loss of fatty acids with shorter and longer carbon chains over the extraction process to be expected. Limit of detections were calculated in adipose tissue samples and ranged from 0.007 to 0.077% of the proportion of the respective fatty acid to total fatty acids. The third aim was the investigation if differentiation between breast glandular and adipose tissue had a relevant impact on the analysis of dietary fatty acid biomarkers or if contamination of breast glandular with breast adipose tissue and vice versa was neglectable for the analysis of dietary fatty acid biomarkers. No statistical significant differences were observed for all investigated fatty acid biomarkers (pentadecanoic-, heptadecanoic-, trans palmitoleic-, eicosapentaenoic-, docosahexaenoic-, linoleic and α-linolenic acid) between breast glandular and adipose tissue. Thus, differentiation between breast glandular and adipose tissue seems not to be necessary for the analysis of fatty acids serving as biomarkers for the intake of specific food groups. Potential influence of mixed breast tissue on fatty acid biomarkers analysis seems to be neglectable. The fourth aim was the determination of fatty acid biomarkers in adipose tissue in another study population from healthy participants. 27 adipose tissue samples were analyzed. Milk and ruminant fat biomarkers exhibited proportions of 0.47% for pentadecanoic acid, 0.34% for heptadecanoic acid and 0.25% for trans palmitoleic acid. Fish fatty acid biomarkers revealed proportions of 0.034% for eicosapentaenoic acid and 0.061% for docosahexaenoic acid. The mean proportion of vegetable oils and nuts biomarkers were 9.58% for linoleic acid and 0.48% for α-linolenic acid in all adipose tissues. Principle component analysis was applied for the fatty acid biomarkers to provide objective markers of habitual diet for this study population. PCdiet1 was mainly characterized by pentadecanoic acid, heptadecanoic acid and trans palmitoleic acid and therefore served as a principle component for the dietary intake of milk and ruminant fat. PCdiet2 and PCdiet3 only exhibited pattern for ω3 and ω6 fatty acids but not for dietary intake of specific food groups and could therefore not used as objective marker. PCdiet1, 2 and 3 explained 82.76% of variance. The last aim of this thesis was the elaboration of adverse reactions to food ingredients with special focus on food allergies and food intolerances in the context of a possible implementation into an application for consumer health. Scientific information on adverse reactions to food ingredients and trigger substances was provided in this thesis and possible implementation strategies were evaluated. For food allergens, which have regulatory requirements in the context of labelling, a strategy was elaborated, where it is necessary to provide information on the list of ingredients, the nexus ’contain’ and the respective food allergen as well as information on the name of the product. For food intolerances, which do not have regulatory requirements, limits were shown in the context of the application. If the elaborated food intolerances shall be implemented into the application, a professional dietary concept has to be developed for every food intolerance because of the complexity of the implementation.
As part of the parasympathetic nervous system, muscarinic receptors are involved in the regulation of numerous functions in the human body. However, targeting a specific subtype of muscarinic receptors is challenging due to the high degree of similarity within the binding site of the endogenous neurotransmitter acetylcholine. Therefore, this study focused on the investigation of dualsteric ligands. Such hybrid ligands target the orthosteric acetylcholine binding site and, simultaneously, a distinct allosteric binding site. Since allosteric binding regions show significant structural differences throughout muscarinic receptor subtypes, it was aimed to produce selective ligands by means of combination of two pharmacophores in one molecule. Herein, the thienopyridine derivatives LY2033298 and LY2119620 were chosen as allosteric moieties. Based on literature studies, the investigated allosteric modulators were analyzed in terms of adequate attachment points for the combination with an orthosteric agonist. As orthosteric units, muscarinic superagonist iperoxo, xanomeline, and TMA were applied in this work. Since the distance between orthosteric and allosteric moieties plays a crucial role for dualsteric ligand binding, the linker chain length was also varied. Pharmacological investigations of the synthesized hybrid ligands were perfomed via FRET- and BRET-assay measurements.
The aim of this study was to determine the potential of some Ghanaian underutilized legumes in helping to reduce the problems of poverty, hunger and malnutrition among the vulnerable group of the Ghanaian population. The study looked into the functional properties, fat and fatty acid distribution, raffinose, sucrose, glucose, fructose, calcium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, iron, copper, manganese, zinc, cyanide and isoflavone contents of raw and processed seed flours of Cajanus cajan, Canavalia ensiformis, Canavalia gladiata, Mucuna pruriens, Parkia biglobosa, Phaseolus lunatus and Vigna subterranea. The parameters mentioned above were also determined for raw fruit flour of Dialium guineense. In addition to these, the study also looked into the crude protein and starch contents of the raw and processed seed flours of Canavalia gladiata, Parkia biglobosa and Vigna subterranea. The obtained results suggest that the legumes may have untapped potential, which may be exploited to help assist in reducing hunger, malnutrition and poverty in Ghana. Results of the functional properties reveal that the legumes may serve useful roles in various food products. For instance, velvet tamarind (Dialium guineense) flour may be useful in infant food formulations because of it high solubility and low bulk density. African Locust bean (Parkia biglobosa) flour had the highest fat content among the studied flours, recording a fat content of approximately 14%. It may therefore be economical to express the oil and use the oil as an edible oil or for industrial applications for products such as soaps, shampoos, paints, etc. This means the properties of the oil of African Locust bean flour need to be studied to know the uses of the oil. Unsaturated fatty acids in the cis configuration formed more than 50% of the fatty acids in all the legumes. This observation coupled with the low sodium content of all the legumes suggest that these legumes may be suitable for consumption to prevent cardiovascular diseases. The daily nutrient needs of individuals can be met by the consumption of the appropriate amounts of these legumes. For example, 375.25 g of processed velvet beans (Mucuna pruriens) flour may be able to meet the adequate intake (AI) of 350 mg/day magnesium for adult males.
In all the projects presented, it is evident that the selection of suitable separation conditions is only one side of the coin. Equally crucial in the development of methods for the quality assessment of APIs/drugs is the right detection system.
The application of CAD as an alternative to UV detection at low wavelength of the two weak chromophore main degradation products of the very polar, zwitterionic API carbocisteine requires the volatility of the mobile phase. Therefore, as a substitute for the non-volatile ion pairing reagent tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (TBAOH), six different volatile alkylamines as well as a RP/SAX mixed-mode column were evaluated. The best selectivity and separation performance comparable to TBAOH was achieved with the RP/SAX column and a mixture of formic acid and trifluoroacetic acid. For the simultaneous optimisation of the evaporation temperature of the CAD as a function of two chromatographic parameters, a central composite design was chosen and the “desirability function” was subsequently applied for modelling. In addition, column bleeding was investigated with a second RP/SAX column (different batch) with the result that the acetonitrile percentage had to be adjusted and preconditioning by injection of concentrated samples is essential. The final mixed-mode method was finally validated with both columns according to the ICH Q2 (R1) guideline.
Based on this, an MS-compatible method was developed with little effort using an identical RP/SAX column in UPLC dimension for the untargeted analysis by HRMS of two carbocisteine-containing prototype syrup formulations. For a comprehensive characterisation, HRMS and MS/HRMS data were recorded simultaneously by information dependent acquisition mode. Based on the exact masses, isotope patterns and an in silico plausibility check of the fragment spectra, the prediction of the structures of the unknown impurities was possible. In both syrup samples, which had been stored for nine months at 40 °C and 75 % r.h., two additional impurities of carbocisteine (i.e. lactam of the sulfoxides and disulphide between cysteine and thioglycolic acid) were identified by comparison with the corresponding prototype placebo samples using general unknown comparative screening. In addition, the formation of Maillard products by binary mixtures with 13C-labelled sugars was revealed in the sucrose-containing formulation.
For the promising hyphenation of the UV detector with the CAD for the simultaneous detection of all UV-active impurities of the cholesterol-lowering drug simvastatin and the only weak chromophore dihydrosimvastatin, the Ph. Eur. method had to be adapted. Besides replacing phosphoric acid with trifluoroacetic acid, the gradient also had to be adjusted and a third critical peak pair was observed. Based on validation experiments (according to the ICH Q2 (R1) guideline), the suitability of the CAD for sensitive detection (LOQ = 0.0175 % m/m) was proven.
To further investigate the robustness of the adapted method and CAD, a Plackett-Burman design was chosen. None of the factors had a statistically significant effect on the S/N of the CAD in the ranges tested. Regarding the three critical peak pairs, on the other hand, the factors to be controlled were statistically established, so that a targeted correction is possible if the system suitability test is not passed. The idea of employing a hyphenated UV-CAD system was finally applied to the structurally closely related lovastatin and its specified impurity dihydrolovastatin. Here, the CAD showed a significantly better S/N compared to the compendial UV detection at 200 nm.
The suitability of CAD for the analysis of non-volatile fatty acids in polysorbate 80 (PS80) as favourable alternative to the Ph. Eur. GC method (no time-consuming, error-prone and toxic derivatisation) has already been demonstrated. The aim of this project was therefore to develop a robust method with a focus on the AQbD principles, which can be used for the analysis of other excipients with similar fatty acid composition. After the definition of the analytical target profile and a risk assessment by means of an Ishikawa diagram, a suitable C18 column and the chromatographic framework conditions (formic acid concentration and initial/final gradient conditions) were selected after only few preliminary runs. The remaining critical method parameters were then investigated with the help of DoE and RSM. Using the obtained model equations, Monte Carlo simulations were performed to create the method operable design region as a region of theoretical robustness. After validation according to ICH Q2 (R1), the fatty acid composition of a magnesium stearate batch was successfully analysed as a further application example in addition to PS80.
The CAD was able to prove its potential in all the issues investigated in the context of this doctoral thesis. As a cost-effective alternative compared to MS instruments, it thus closes a gap in the quality assessment of APIs or excipients without a suitable chromophore. The easy method transfer to (HR)MS instruments also allows for a unique degree of sample characterisation through untargeted approaches in case of new impurities. For resource- and time-efficient work, the possibilities and limitations of software tools for method development and data evaluation as well as the application of risk-based approaches such as AQbD should also be considered.
Oral antineoplastic drugs are an important component in the treatment of solid tumour diseases, haematological and immunological malignancies. Oral drug administration is associated with positive features (e.g., non-invasive drug administration, outpatient care with a high level of independence for the patient and reduced costs for the health care system). The systemic exposure after oral intake however is prone to high IIV as it strongly depends on gastrointestinal absorption processes, which are per se characterized by high inter-and intraindividual variability. Disease and patient-specific characteristics (e.g., disease state, concomitant diseases, concomitant medication, patient demographics) may additionally contribute to variability in plasma concentrations between individual patients. In addition, many oral antineoplastic drugs show complex PK, which has not yet been fully investigated and elucidated for all substances. All this may increase the risk of suboptimal plasma exposure (either subtherapeutic or toxic), which may ultimately jeopardise the success of therapy, either through a loss of efficacy or through increased, intolerable adverse drug reactions. TDM can be used to detect suboptimal plasma levels and prevent permanent under- or overexposure. It is essential in the treatment of ACC with mitotane, a substance with unfavourable PK and high IIV. In the current work a HPLC-UV method for the TDM of mitotane using VAMS was developed. A low sample volume (20 µl) of capillary blood was used in the developed method, which facilitates dense sampling e.g., at treatment initiation. However, no reference ranges for measurements from capillary blood are established so far and a simple conversion from capillary concentrations to plasma concentrations was not possible. To date the therapeutic range is established only for plasma concentrations and observed capillary concentrations could not be reliable interpretated.The multi-kinase inhibitor cabozantinib is also used for the treatment of ACC. However, not all PK properties, like the characteristic second peak in the cabozantinib concentration-time profile have been fully understood so far. To gain a mechanistic understanding of the compound, a PBPK model was developed and various theories for modelling the second peak were explored, revealing that EHC of the compound is most plausible. Cabozantinib is mainly metabolized via CYP3A4 and susceptible to DDI with e.g., CYP3A4 inducers. The DDI between cabozantinib and rifampin was investigated with the developed PBPK model and revealed a reduced cabozantinib exposure (AUC) by 77%. Hence, the combination of cabozantinib with strong CYP inducers should be avoided. If this is not possible, co administration should be monitored using TDM. The model was also used to simulate cabozantinib plasma concentrations at different stages of liver injury. This showed a 64% and 50% increase in total exposure for mild and moderate liver injury, respectively.Ruxolitinib is used, among others, for patients with acute and chronic GvHD. These patients often also receive posaconazole for invasive fungal prophylaxis leading to CYP3A4 mediated DDI between both substances. Different dosing recommendations from the FDA and EMA on the use of ruxolitinib in combination with posaconazole complicate clinical use. To simulate the effect of this relevant DDI, two separate PBPK models for ruxolitinib and posaconazole were developed and combined. Predicted ruxolitinib exposure was compared to observed plasma concentrations obtained in GvHD patients. The model simulations showed that the observed ruxolitinib concentrations in these patients were generally higher than the simulated concentrations in healthy individuals, with standard dosing present in both scenarios. According to the developed model, EMA recommended RUX dose reduction seems to be plausible as due to the complexity of the disease and intake of extensive co-medication, RUX plasma concentration can be higher than expected.
Alzheimer´s disease (AD) is a neurodegenerative disease and the most common form of dementia with still no preventive or curative treatment. Besides several risk factors, age is one of the major risks for AD and with an aging society, there is an urgent need for disease modifying agents. The strategy to address only one target within the intertwined network of AD failed so far.
Natural products especially the phytochemical flavonoids, which are poly-phenolic natural products, have shown great potential as disease modifying agents against neurodegenerative disorders like Alzheimer´s disease (AD) with activities even in vivo. Flavonoids are produced by many plants and the native Californian plant Eriodictyon californicum is particularly rich in flavonoids. One of the major flavonoids of E. californicum is sterubin, a very potent agent against oxidative stress and inflammation, two hallmarks and drivers of AD and neurodegeneration. Herein, racemic sterubin was synthesized and separated into its pure (R)- and (S)-enantiomer by chiral HPLC. The pure enantiomers showed comparable neuroprotection in vitro with no significant differences. The stereoisomers were configurationally stable in methanol, but fast racemization was observed in culture medium. Moreover, the activity of sterubin was investigated in vivo, in an AD mouse model. Sterubin showed a significant positive impact on short- and long-term memory at low dosages.
A promising concept for the increase of activity of single flavonoids is hybridization with aromatic acids like cinnamic or ferulic acids. Hybridization of the natural products taxifolin and silibinin with cinnamic acid led to an overadditive effect of these compounds in phenotypic screening assays related to neurodegeneration and AD. Because there are more potent agents as taxifolin or silibinin, the hybrids were further developed, and different flavonoid cinnamic acid hybrids were synthesized. The connection between flavonoids and cinnamic acid was achieved by an amide instead of a labile ester to improve the stability towards hydrolysis to gain better “druggability” of the compounds. To investigate the oxidation state of the C-ring of the flavonoid part, the dehydro analogues of the respective hybrids were also synthesized. The compounds show neuroprotection against oxytosis, ferroptosis and ATP-depletion in the murine hippocampal cell line HT22. While no overall trend within the flavanones compared to the flavones could be assigned, the taxifolin and the quercetin derivative were the most active compounds in course of all assays. The quercetin derivate even shows greater activity than the taxifolin derivate in every assay. As desired no hydrolysis product was found in cellular uptake experiments after 4h, whereas different metabolites were found. The last part of this work focused on synthetic bioisoteres of the natural product curcumin. Due to the drawbacks of curcumin and flavonoids arising from poor pharmacokinetics, rapid metabolism and sometimes instability in aqueous medium, we have examined the biological activity of azobenzene compounds designed as bioisoteres of curcumin, carrying the pharmacophoric catechol group of flavonoids. These bioisosteres exceeded their parent compounds in counteracting intracellular oxidative stress, neuroinflammation and amyloid-beta aggregation. By incorporating an azobenzene moiety and the isosteric behaviour to the natural parent compounds, these compounds may act as molecular tools for further investigation towards the molecular mode of action of natural products.
Muscarinic acetylcholine receptors (mAChRs) are involved in signal transmission at the synapses of the parasympathetic nervous system. The five subtypes of mAChRs regulate various body functions such as heart function, gland secretion, memory, and learning. For the development of drugs with the least side-effects possible, the molecular causes of subtype selectivity and signalling bias are under investigation. In this context, the study of dualsteric ligands binding simultaneously to the orthosteric and the allosteric binding sites of the receptor is of high interest.
To date, dualsteric ligands were synthesised as hybrids of full agonists or superagonists being the orthosteric element, linked to known subtype selective allosteric fragments. In this work, the existing library was expanded to hybrid ligands based on the partial agonist pilocarpine. A suitable linker attachment point to pilocarpine was investigated.
For this aim, pilocarpine (2), isopilocarpine (15), pilosinine (16) and desmethyl pilosinine (35) were synthesised as orthosteric ligands and orthosteric fragments for the construction of the hybrid molecules (Figure 42). Pilocarpine was liberated from the commercial hydrochloride or nitrate salt and isopilocarpine was generated by epimerisation of pilocarpine. Pilosinine was synthesised in a Michael addition reaction of a dithiane carrying the imidazole moiety 82 onto the lactone precursor furan-2(5H)-one (83) followed by complete deprotection (Figure 43a).[133] The desmethyl pilosinine (35) was obtained in a newly developed synthetic route based on a Horner-Wadsworth-Emmons (HWE) reaction to build the methylene bridge between the imidazole aldehyde and the precursor of the lactone moiety 57 (Figure 43b). All four orthosters were converted to the respective dualsteric compounds with a naphmethonium fragment as allosteric moiety.
The four orthosteric fragments and the four hybrid molecules with a linker length of six methylene units were tested for their dose dependent G protein recruitment at the receptor subtypes M1–5 using a mini-G nanoBRET assay. The study of the orthosteric ligands revealed that pilocarpine has the highest ability of all four orthosters to induce activity at all receptor subtypes. A change of the cis- to a trans-configuration of the lactone substituents or a complete removal of the ethyl substituent provoked a significant reduction of activity. Removal of the methyl substituent of the imidazole moiety led to improved receptor activation.
The efficacies of the hybrid ligands show that the linker attachment at the imidazole moiety of pilocarpine and its analogues does not abolish activity and hybrid formation of isopilocarpine even improved receptor activation. Thus, the linker attachment point seems a valid choice, but linker length might not be optimum. In contrast to the orthosters, the trans-substitution of the lactone was advantageous for receptor activation of the hybrid ligands. The hybrid without a methyl substituent at the imidazole (69) had an increased efficacy. Additionally, the naphmethonium fragment lowered the maximum effect of pilocarpine, whereas the activity of isopilocarpine was increased. The intensity of both effects was influenced by the subtype selectivity produced by naphmethonium leading, in the case of the pilocarpine hybrid, to less decreased responses or, in the case of the isopilocarpine hybrid, to more increased responses at the M2 and M4 receptors. The results generally lead to the assumption that the allosteric moiety strongly influences the binding poses of the hybrid ligands so that the orthosteric fragments do not interact with the binding site in the same way as the orthosters alone.
A second project was based on molecular dynamics simulations of the binding pose of pilocarpine,[73] leading to the hypothesis that the partial agonism of pilocarpine results from an equilibrium between an agonistic and an antagonistic binding pose at the orthosteric binding site of the receptor. The ratio of occupancy of both binding poses determines the observed efficacy of pilocarpine. The orthosteric binding site provides more space for the ethyl substituent in the supposed antagonistic pose than in the agonistic binding pose. This hypothesis was tested by the synthesis and pharmacological evaluation of pilocarpine analogues with alkyl substituents of different sizes at the lactone (16, 31a, c, d) (Figure 44). The analogues with larger alkyl residues are expected to shift the equilibrium towards the antagonistic binding pose, the analogues with smaller residues should have the inverse effect.
The synthesis of the pilocarpine analogues was first attempted as a mixture of stereoisomers which were supposed to be separated at the end of the synthetic route. The racemic mixture of the thermodynamically more stable trans-isomers of the target compounds was prepared in a one-pot Michael-addition–alkylation reaction of a dithiane imidazole onto furan-2(5H)-one similarly to the synthesis of pilosinine (Figure 45). The resulting enolate was quenched by an iodoalkane to achieve alkylation of the lactone and subsequent complete deprotection yielded the racemic trans-analogues of pilocarpine.[133] After unsuccessful attempts of chiral resolution, the mixture of trans-isomers was converted to a mixture of all four possible diastereomers in a kinetic epimerisation reaction.[95] A separation of the stereoisomers was not possible in this project so only the racemic molecule 16 (pilosinine, R = H) was obtained from this synthetic route.
For the selective synthesis of the cis-isomers following a patent from Reimann,[146] both stereocenters of the target molecules were produced in the last synthetic step by a syn-hydrogenation of the α,β-unsaturated precursor (Figure 46). The racemic pilocarpine analogues, except the butyl derivative (31d), were purified by crystallisation as their nitrate salts. This provided the racemic mixtures with less than 8% of the trans-isomers as impurity. The racemic pilocarpine (2), itself, was obtained with 15% trans-impurity and was used as reference compound. Additionally, the possibility of chiral resolution by chromatographic methods was demonstrated in the case of the methyl derivative (31a). The pharmacological testing of the desired enantiomer of 31a is in progress.
This dissertation focuses on Mip (macrophage infectivity potentiator protein) inhibitors in response to increasing antibiotic resistance. The study follows an antivirulence approach, which aims to inhibit the non-essential Mip protein without exerting too much selective pressure. Three focus areas were (1) development and synthesis of a fluorescent probe for screening Mip inhibitors via fluorescence polarization; (2) design and synthesis of broad spectrum Mip inhibitors bearing a side chain; and (3) understanding the metabolism of Mip inhibitors and identification of active metabolites.
A sub-study addressed the biotinylation of anti-leishmanial compounds from Valeriana wallichii rhizomes, with three tracer molecules synthesized for future pull-down experiments.
A closer look at long-established drugs: enantioselective protein binding and stability studies
(2023)
The aim of this work was to investigate older, established drugs. The extent of the protein binding of chiral ephedra alkaloids to AGP and of ketamine to albumin was determined. Since enantiomers of these drugs are individual available, the focus was on possible enantioselective binding and structural moieties involved in the binding.
Previously published work suggested that ephedrine and pseudoephedrine can bind stereoselectively to proteins other than albumin in serum. For the determination of the extent of protein binding, the established ultrafiltration with subsequent chiral CE analysis was used. To determine the influence of basicity on binding, the drugs methylephedrine and norephedrine were also analyzed. Drug binding to AGP increased with increasing basicity as follows: norephedrine < methylephedrine < ephedrine < pseudoephedrine. pKaff was determined both graphically using the Klotz plot and mathematical indicating a low affinity of the ephedra alkaloids to AGP. Using STD-NMR spectroscopy experiments the aromatic protons and the C-CH3 side chain were shown to be most strongly involved in binding, which could be confirmed by molecular docking experiments in more detail. For all drugs, van der Waals-, π π , cationic interactions, hydrogen bonds, and a formation of a salt bridge were observed. The individual enantiomers showed no significant differences and thus the binding of ephedra alkaloids to AGP is not significant.
In contrast to the ephedra alkaloids, the possible enantioselective binding to albumin was investigated for R and S ketamine. Again, ultrafiltration followed by CE analysis was performed. The binding of ketamine to one main binding site could be identified. A non-linear fit was used for the determination of pKaff. Using the NMR methods STD-NMR, waterLOGSY-NMR, and CPMG-NMRspectroscopy: the aromatic protons as well as the protons of the NCH3 methyl group showed the largest signal intensity changes, while the cyclohexanone protons showed the smallest changes. pKaff was also determined by the change in the chemical shift at different drug-protein ratios. These obtained values confirm the values obtained from ultrafiltration. Based on this, ketamine is classified as a low-affinity ligand to albumin. There were no significant differences between the individual enantiomers and thus the binding of ketamine to albumin is not a stereoselective process.
Using statistical design of experiments an efficient chiral CE method for determining the extent of protein binding of R and S ketamine to albumin was developed and validated according to ICH Q2 (R1) guideline.
The stability of ketamine was also investigated because a yellowish discoloration of an aqueous solution of ketamine developed under heat. XRPD investigations showed the same crystal structure for all batches examined. An untargeted screening using LC HRMS as well as LC UV measurements showed no degradation of ketamine or the presence of impurities in stress and non-stressed ketamine solutions, confirming the stability of ketamine under the stress conditions investigated. The lower the quality of the water used in the stress tests, the more intense the yellow discoloration occurred. The impurity or the mechanism that causes the yellow discoloration could not be identified.
The human African trypanosomiasis is a neglected tropical disease, which is caused by the protozoan Trypanosoma brucei and transmitted by the bite of the tsetse fly. An untreated infection leads to death. However, only a few drugs with significant drawbacks are currently available for treatment. In this thesis, quinolone amides with an antitrypanosomal activity were synthesized and their biological and physicochemical properties were measured. New structure-activity relationships and a promising lead structure were discovered.
The bile system in vertebrates is an evolutionary conserved endogenous solubilization system for hydrophobic fats and poorly water-soluble vitamins. Bile pours out from the gallbladder through the common bile duct into the duodenum triggered by cholecystokinin. Cholecystokinin is released from enteroendocrine cells after food intake. The small intestine is also the absorption site of many orally administered drugs. Most emerging drug candidates belong to the class of poorly water-soluble drugs (PWSDs). Like hydrophobic vitamins, these PWSDs might as well be solubilized by bile. Therefore, this natural system is of high interest for drug formulation strategies. Simulated intestinal fluids containing bile salts (e.g., taurocholate TC) and phospholipids (e.g., lecithin L) have been widely applied over the last decade to approximate the behavior of PWSDs in the intestine. Solubilization by bile can enhance the oral absorption of PWSDs being at least in part responsible for the positive “food effect”. The dissolution rate of PWSDs can be also enhanced by the presence of bile. Furthermore, some PWSDs profit from supersaturation stabilization by bile salts. Some excipients solubilizing PWSDs seemed to be promising candidates for drug formulation when investigated in vitro without bile. When tested in vivo, these excipients reduced the bioavailability of drugs. However, these observations have been hardly examined on a molecular level and general links between bile interaction in vitro and bioavailability are still missing.
This thesis investigated the interplay of bile, PWSDs, and excipients on a molecular level, providing formulation scientists a blueprint for rational formulation design taking bile/PWSD/excipient/ interaction into account. The first chapter focus on an in silico 1H nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy-based algorithm for bile/drug interaction prediction. Chapter II to IV report the impact of excipients on bioavailability of PWSDs interacting with bile. At last, we summarized helpful in vitro methods for drug formulation excipient choice harnessing biopharmaceutic solubilization in chapter V.
Chapter I applies 1H NMR studies with bile and drugs on a large scale for quantitative structure-property relationship analysis. 141 drugs were tested in simulated intestinal media by 1H NMR. Drug aryl-proton signal shifts were correlated to in silico calculated molecular 2D descriptors. The probability of a drug interacting with bile was dependent on its polarizability and lipophilicity, whereas interaction with lipids in simulated intestinal media components was dependent on molecular symmetry, lipophilicity, hydrogen bond acceptor capability, and aromaticity. The probability of a drug to interact with bile was predictive for a positive food effect. This algorithm might help in the future to identify a bile and lipid interacting drug a priori.
Chapter II investigates the impact of excipients on bile and free drug fraction. Three different interaction patterns for excipients were observed. The first pattern defined excipients that interacted with bile and irreversibly bound bile. Therefore, the free drug fraction of bile interacting drugs increased. The second pattern categorized excipients that formed new colloidal entities with bile which had a high affinity to bile interacting drugs. These colloids trapped the drug and decreased the free drug fraction. The last excipient pattern described excipients that formed supramolecular structures in coexistence with bile and had no impact on the free drug fraction. These effects were only observed for drugs interacting with bile (Perphenazine and Imatinib). Metoprolol’s free drug fraction, a compound not interacting with bile, was unaffected by bile or bile/excipient interaction. We hypothesized that bile/excipient interactions may reduce the bioavailability of bile interacting drugs.
Chapter III addresses the hypothesis from chapter II. A pharmacokinetic study in rats revealed that the absorption of Perphenazine was reduced by bile interacting excipients due to bile/excipient interaction. The simultaneous administration of excipient patterns I and II did not further reduce or enhance Perphenazine absorption. Conversely, the absorption of Metoprolol was not impacted by excipients. This reinforced the hypothesis, that drugs interacting with bile should not be formulated with excipients also interacting with bile.
Chapter IV further elaborates which in vitro methods using simulated intestinal fluids are predictive for a drug’s pharmacokinetic profile. The PWSD Naporafenib was analyzed in vitro with simulated intestinal fluids and in presence of excipients regarding solubility, supersaturation, and free drug fraction. Naporafenib showed a strong interaction with TC/L from simulated bile. Assays with TC/L, but not without identified one excipient as possibly bioavailability reducing, one as supersaturation destabilizing, and the last as bile not interacting and supersaturation stabilizing excipient. A pharmacokinetic study in beagle dogs outlined and confirmed the in vitro predictions.
The Appendix summarizes in vivo predictive methods as presented in chapter I to IV and rationalizes experimental design paving the way towards a biopharmaceutic excipient screening. The first presented preliminary decision tree is transformed into a step-by-step instruction. The presented decision matrix might serve as a blueprint for processes in early phase drug formulation development.
In summary, this thesis describes how a drug can be defined as bile interacting or non-interacting and gives a guide as well how to rate the impact of excipients on bile. We showed in two in vivo studies that bile/excipient interaction reduced the bioavailability of bile interacting drugs, while bile non-interacting drugs were not affected. We pointed out that the bile solubilization system must be incorporated during drug formulation design. Simulated gastrointestinal fluids offer a well-established platform studying the fate of drugs and excipients in vivo. Therefore, rational implementation of biopharmaceutic drug and excipient screening steers towards efficacy of oral PWSD formulation design.
This thesis aimed at searching for new effective agents against Multidrug-Resistant Enterobacteriaceae. This is necessitated by the urgent need for new and innovative antibacterial agents addressing the critical priority pathogens prescribed by the World Health Organization (WHO). Among the available means for antibiotics discovery and development, nature has long remained a proven, innovative, and highly reliable gateway to successful antibacterial agents. Nevertheless, numerous challenges surrounding this valuable source of antibiotics among other drugs are limiting the complete realization of its potential. These include the availability of good quality data on the highly potential natural sources, limitations in methods to prepare and screen crude extracts, bottlenecks in reproducing biological potentials observed in natural sources, as well as hurdles in isolation, purification, and characterization of natural compounds with diverse structural complexities.
Through an extensive review of the literature, it was possible to prepare libraries of plant species and phytochemicals with reported high potentials against Escherichia coli and Klebsiella pneumnoniae. The libraries were profiled to highlight the existing patterns and relationships between the reported antibacterial activities and studied plants’ families and parts, the type of the extracting solvent, as well as phytochemicals’ classes, drug-likeness and selected parameters for enhanced accumulation within the Gram-negative bacteria. In addition, motivations, objectives, the role of traditional practices and other crucial experimental aspects in the screening of plant extracts for antibacterial activities were identified and discussed.
Based on the implemented strict inclusion criteria, the created libraries grant speedy access to well-evaluated plant species and phytochemicals with potential antibacterial activities. This way, further studies in yet unexplored directions can be pursued from the indicated or related species and compounds. Moreover, the availability of compound libraries focusing on related bacterial species serves a great role in the ongoing efforts to develop the rules of antibiotics penetrability and accumulation, particularly among Gram-negative bacteria. Here, in addition to hunting for potential scaffolds from such libraries, detailed evaluations of large pool compounds with related antibacterial potential can grant a better understanding of structural features crucial for their penetration and accumulation. Based on the scarcity of compounds with broad structural diversity and activity against Gram-negative bacteria, the creation and updating of such libraries remain a laborious but important undertaking.
A Pressurized Microwave Assisted Extraction (PMAE) method over a short duration and low-temperature conditions was developed and compared to the conventional cold maceration over a prolonged duration. This method aimed at addressing the key challenges associated with conventional extraction methods which require long extraction durations, and use more energy and solvents, in addition to larger quantities of plant materials. Furthermore, the method was intended to replace the common use of high temperatures in most of the current MAE applications. Interestingly, the yields of 16 of 18 plant samples under PMAE over 30 minutes were found to be within 91–139% of those obtained from the 24h extraction by maceration. Additionally, different levels of selectivity were observed upon an analytical comparison of the extracts obtained from the two methods. Although each method indicated selective extraction of higher quantities or additional types of certain phytochemicals, a slightly larger number of additional compounds were observed under maceration. The use of this method allows efficient extraction of a large number of samples while sparing heat-sensitive compounds and minimizing chances for cross-reactions between phytochemicals.
Moreover, findings from another investigation highlighted the low likelihood of reproducing antibacterial activities previously reported among various plant species, identified the key drivers of poor reproducibility, and proposed possible measures to mitigate the challenge. The majority of extracts showed no activities up to the highest tested concentration of 1024 µg/mL. In the case of identical plant species, some activities were observed only in 15% of the extracts, in which the Minimum Inhibitory Concentrations (MICs) were 4 – 16-fold higher than those in previous reports. Evaluation of related plant species indicated better outcomes, whereby about 18% of the extracts showed activities in a range of 128–512 μg/mL, some of the activities being superior to those previously reported in related species.
Furthermore, solubilizing plant crude extracts during the preparation of test solutions for Antibacterial Susceptibility Testing (AST) assays was outlined as a key challenge. In trying to address this challenge, some studies have used bacteria-toxic solvents or generally unacceptable concentrations of common solubilizing agents. Both approaches are liable to give false positive results. In line with this challenge, this study has underscored the suitability of acetone in the solubilization of crude plant extracts. Using acetone, better solubility profiles of crude plant extracts were observed compared to dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) at up to 10 %v/v. Based on lacking toxicity against many bacteria species at up to 25 %v/v, its use in the solubilization of poorly water-soluble extracts, particularly those from less polar solvents is advocated.
In a subsequent study, four galloylglucoses were isolated from the leaves of Paeonia officinalis L., whereby the isolation of three of them from this source was reported for the first time. The isolation and characterization of these compounds were driven by the crucial need to continually fill the pre-clinical antibiotics pipeline using all available means. Application of the bioautography-guided isolation and a matrix of extractive, chromatographic, spectroscopic, and spectrometric techniques enabled the isolation of the compounds at high purity levels and the ascertainment of their chemical structures.
Further, the compounds exhibited the Minimum Inhibitory Concentrations (MIC) in a range of 2–256 µg/mL against Multidrug-Resistant (MDR) strains of E. coli and K. pneumonia exhibiting diverse MDR phenotypes. In that, the antibacterial activities of three of the isolated compounds were reported for the first time. The observed in vitro activities of the compounds resonated with their in vivo potentials as determined using the Galleria mellonella larvae model. Additionally, the susceptibility of the MDR bacteria to the galloylglucoses was noted to vary depending on the nature of the resistance enzymes expressed by the MDR bacteria. In that, the bacteria expressing enzymes with higher content of aromatic amino acids and zero or positive net charges were generally more susceptible. Following these findings, a plausible hypothesis for the observed patterns was put forward.
The generally challenging pharmacokinetic properties of galloylglucoses limit their further development into therapeutic agents. However, the compounds can replace or reduce the use of antibiotics in livestock keeping as well as in the treatment of septic wounds and topical or oral cavity infections, among other potential uses.
Using nature-inspired approaches, a series of glucovanillin derivatives were prepared following feasible synthetic pathways which in most cases ensured good yields and high purity levels. Some of the prepared compounds showed MIC values in a range of 128 – 512 μg/mL against susceptible and MDR strains of Klebsiella pneumoniae, Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) and Vancomycin-Resistant Enterococcus faecium (VRE). These findings emphasize the previously reported essence of small molecular size, the presence of protonatable amino groups and halogen atoms, as well as an amphiphilic character, as crucial features for potential antibacterial agents.
Due to the experienced limited success in the search for new antibacterial agents using purely synthetic means, pursuing semi-synthetic approaches as employed in this study are highly encouraged. This way, it is possible to explore broader chemical spaces around natural scaffolds while addressing their inherent limitations such as solubility, toxicity, and poor pharmacokinetic profiles.
Serum half-life elongation as well as the immobilization of small proteins like cytokines is still one of the key challenges for biologics. This accounts also for cytokines, which often have a molecular weight between 5 and 40 kDa and are therefore prone to elimination by renal filtration and sinusoidal lining cells. To solve this problem biologics are often conjugated to poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG), which is the gold standard for the so called PEGylation. PEG is a synthetic, non-biodegradable polymer for increasing the hydrodynamic radius of the conjugated protein to modulate their pharmacokinetic performance and prolong their therapeutic outcome. Though the benefits of PEGylation are significant, they also come with a prize, which is a loss in bioactivity due to steric hindrance and most often the usage of heterogeneous bioconjugation chemistries. While PEG is a safe excipient in most cases, an increasing number of PEG related side-effects, such as immunological responses like hypersensitivity and accelerated blood clearance upon repetitive exposure occur, which highlights the need for PEG alternative polymers, that can replace PEG in such cases.
Another promising method to significantly prolong the residence time of biologics is to immobilize them at a desired location. To achieve this, the transglutaminase (TG) Factor XIIIa (FXIIIa), which is an important human enzyme during blood coagulation can be used. FXIIIa can recognize specific peptide sequences that contain a lysine as substrates and link them covalently to another peptide sequence, that contains a glutamine, forming an isopeptide bond. This mechanism can be used to link modified proteins, which have a N- or C-terminal incorporated signal peptide by mutation, to the extracellular matrix (ECM) of tissues.
Additionally, both above-described methods can be combined. By artificially introducing a TG recognition sequence, it is possible to attach an azide group containing peptide site-specifically to the TG, recognition sequence. This allows the creation of a site-selective reactive site at the proteins N- or C-terminus, which can then be targeted by cyclooctyne functionalized polymers, just like amber codon functionalized proteins.
This thesis has focused on the two cytokines human Interferon-α2a (IFN-α2a) and human, as well as murine Interleukin-4 (IL-4) as model proteins to investigate the above-described challenges. IFN-α2a has been chosen as a model protein because it is an approved drug since 1986 in systemic applications against some viral infections, as well as several types of cancer. Furthermore, IFN-α2 is also approved in three PEGylated forms, which have different molecular weights and use different conjugation techniques for polymer attachment. This turns it into an ideal candidate to compare new polymers against the gold standard PEG. Interleukin-4 (IL-4) has been chosen as the second model protein due to its similar size and biopotency. This allows to compare found trends from IFN-α2a with another bioconjugate platform and distinguish between IFN-α2a specific, or general trends. Furthermore, IL-4 is a promising candidate for clinical applications as it is a potent anti-inflammatory protein, which polarizes macrophages from the pro-inflammatory M1 state into the anti-inflammatory M2 state.
Most medicines are taken orally. To enter the systemic circulation, they dissolve in the intestinal fluid, cross the epithelial barrier, and pass through the liver. Intestinal absorption is driven by the unique features of the gastrointestinal tract, including the bile colloids formed in the lumen and the mucus layer covering the intestinal epithelium. Neglecting this multifaceted environment can lead to poor drug development decisions, especially for poorly water-soluble drugs that interact with bile and mucus. However, there is a lack of a rationale nexus of molecular interactions between oral medicines and gastrointestinal components with drug bioavailability. Against this background, this thesis aims to develop biopharmaceutical strategies to optimize the presentation of oral therapeutics to the intestinal epithelial barrier.
In Chapter 1, the dynamics of bile colloids upon solubilization of the poorly-water soluble drug Perphenazine was studied. Perphenazine impacted molecular arrangement, structure, binding thermodynamics, and induced a morphological transition from vesicles to worm-like micelles. Despite these dynamics, the bile colloids ensured stable relative amounts of free drug substance. The chapter was published in Langmuir.
Chapter 2 examined the impact of pharmaceutical polymeric excipients on bile-mediated drug solubilization. Perphenazine and Imatinib were introduced as model compounds interacting with bile, whereas Metoprolol did not. Some polymers altered the arrangement and geometry of bile colloids, thereby affecting the molecularly soluble amount of those drugs interacting with bile. These insights into the bile-drug-excipient interplay provide a blueprint to optimizing formulations leveraging bile solubilization. The chapter was published in Journal of Controlled Release.
Chapter 3 deals with the impact of bile on porcine intestinal mucus. Mucus exposed to bile solution changed transiently, it stiffened, and the overall diffusion rate increased. The bile-induced changes eased the transport of the bile-interacting drug substance Fluphenazine, whereas Metoprolol was unaffected. This dichotomous pattern was linked to bioavailability in rats and generalized based on two previously published data sets. The outcomes point to a bile-mucus interaction relevant to drug delivery. The chapter is submitted.
The Appendix provides a guide for biopharmaceutical characterization of drug substances by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy aiming at establishing a predictive algorithm.
In summary, this thesis deciphers bile-driven mechanisms shaping intestinal drug absorption. Based on these molecular insights, pharmaceuticals can be developed along a biopharmaceutical optimization, ultimately leading to better oral drugs of tomorrow.
Even though the international combat against Neglected Tropical Diseases such as schistosomiasis or soil-transmitted helminthiases depends on reliable therapeutics, anthelminthic pharmacovigilance has been neglected on many national African drug markets. Therefore, quality and composition of 88 different batches of Albendazole, Mebendazole and Praziquantel locally collected from randomly selected facilities in Western Burkina Faso, Southeast Côte d’Ivoire, Southwest Ghana and Northwest Tanzania were analysed.
Visual examination of both packaging and samples was performed according to the WHO ‘Be Aware’ tool. Products were then screened with the GPHF Minilab, consisting of tests of mass uniformity, disintegration times and thin-layer chromatography (TLC). Confirmatory tests were performed according to international pharmacopoeiae, applying assays for dissolution profiles and high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
Despite minor irregularities, appearance of the products did not hint at falsified medicines. However, 19.6 % of the brands collected in Ghana and Tanzania were not officially licensed for sale. Mass uniformity was confirmed in 53 out of 58 brands of tablets. 41 out of 56 products passed disintegration times; 10 out of the 15 failing products did not disintegrate at all.
TLC results did not reveal any falsifications or pronounced dosing errors. HPLC findings confirmed the TLC results despite shifted specification limits: ten of the 83 tested batches contained less than 90 %, none more than 110 % label claim. However, no more than 46.3 % (31 / 67) of the tablet batches assayed passed the respective criteria for dissolution.
In the four study countries, no falsified anthelminthic medicine was encountered. The active pharmaceutical ingredient was not found to either exceed or distinctively fall below specification limits. Galenic characteristics as most critical criteria however, especially dissolution profiles, revealed substantial deficits.
In this thesis, a new approach of a qNMR method has been investigated to demonstrate the reliability and importance of this method as an alternative solution for analyzing oil quality parameters, especially in RFO, which has particular characteristics (red color). This study also includes the chemometric evaluation of spectral data for authentication, visual grouping, and prediction of RFO quality based on the degree of unsaturation, FFA value, and unsaturated fatty acid content.
The analytical measurement procedure of NMR spectroscopy begins with optimization of the analytical acquisition parameters, including effect of solvent, effect of sample concentration, selection of appropriate internal standards, determination of T1, and method validation. Furthermore, the results of the method development were interpreted to RFO samples evaluation, which began with determining the assignment of signal spectra for the determination of AV, SV, EV, and IV simultaneously with: the hydrolysis approach and standard addition of palmitic acid.
Poor or variable oral bioavailability is of major concern regarding safety and efficacy for the treatment of patients with poorly water-soluble drugs (PWSDs). The problem statement of this work involves a pharmaceutical development perspective, the physicochemical basis of the absorption process and physiological / biopharmaceutical aspects. A methodology was developed aiming at closing the gap between drug liberation and dissolution on the one hand and the appearance of drug in the blood on the other. Considering what is out of control from a formulation development perspective, a clear differentiation between bioavailability and bioaccessibility was necessary. Focusing on the absorption process, bioaccessibility of a model compound, a poorly soluble but well permeable weak base, was characterized by means of flux across artificial biomimetic membranes. Such setups can be considered to reasonably mimic relevant oral absorption resistances in vitro in terms of diffusion through an unstirred water layer (UWL) and a lipidic barrier. Mechanistic understanding of the driving force for permeation was gained by differentiating drug species and subsequently linking them to the observed transfer rates using a bioaccessibility concept. The three key species that need to be differentiated are molecularly dissolved drug, drug associated in solution with other components (liquid reservoir) and undissolved drug (solid reservoir). An innovative approach to differentiate molecularly dissolved drug from the liquid reservoir using ultracentrifugation in combination with dynamic light scattering as control is presented. A guidance for rational formulation development of PWSDs is elaborated based on the employed model compound. It is structured into five guiding questions to help drug formulation scientists in selecting drug form, excipients and eventually the formulation principle. Overall, the relevance but also limitations of characterizing bioaccessibility were outlined with respect to practical application e.g. in early drug formulation development.